Product Detail Manual

17/1

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: new page

Molded Case Circuit Breakers



240V Circuit Breakers 600/347V Circuit Breakers

600/347V Circuit Breakers 600V Circuit Breakers

GG Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600/347V

NGG 25KAIC 14KAIC

HGG 35KAIC 14KAIC

LGG 65KAIC 14KAIC

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for

circuit protection up to 600/347

volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/13

Internal Accessories 17/14

External Accessories 17/105–17/112

BQ Breakers

Selection and ordering data

240V

BQ 10KAIC

BQH 22KAIC

HBQ 65KAIC

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for

circuit protection up to 240 volt

circuits (UL)

Information Page

General Data 17/9–17/10

Accessories 17/105–17/112

QJ Breakers

Selection and ordering data

240V

QJ2 10KAIC

QJH-2 22KAIC

QJ2-H 42KAIC

HQJ2 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 225A for circuit

protection up to 240 voltcircuits (UL)

Information Page

General Data 17/11

Accessories 17/105–17/112

CQD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480/277V 600/347V

CQD 14KAIC —

CQD-6 — 10KAIC

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 100A for circuit

protection up to 600/347V (CSA) &

480/277V (UL) circuits

Information Page

General Data 17/12

Internal Accessories 17/14

External Accessories 17/105–17/112

DG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600Y/347V

NDG 35KAIC 18KAIC

HDG 65KAIC 18KAIC

LDG 100KAIC 18KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 150A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

Breakers & Trip Units 17/17–17/19

Internal Accessories 17/23

External Accessories 17/43–17/57

FG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NFG 35KAIC 18KAIC

HFG 65KAIC 20KAIC

LFG 100KAIC 25KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 150A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/20-17/22

Internal Accessories 17/23

External Accessories 17/43–17/57

17/2 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: new page

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600V Circuit Breakers

JG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NJG 35KAIC 25KAIC

HJG 65KAIC 25KAIC

LJG 100KAIC 25KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 400A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/24-17/26

Internal Accessories 17/30

External Accessories 17/43-17/57

LG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NLG 35KAIC 18KAIC

HLG 65KAIC 18KAIC

LLG 100KAIC 18KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 600A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/27-17/29

Internal Accessories 17/30

External Accessories 17/43-17/57

MG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NMG 35KAIC 25KAIC

HMG 65KAIC 35KAIC

LMG 100KAIC 50KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/31-17/33

Internal Accessories 17/39

External Accessories 17/43-17/57

NG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NNG 35KAIC 25KAIC

HNG 65KAIC 35KAIC

LNG 100KAIC 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 1200A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/34-17/36

Internal Accessories 17/39

External Accessories 17/43-17/57

PG VL Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

NPG 35KAIC 25KAIC

HPG 65KAIC 35KAIC

LPG 100KAIC 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/37-17/38

Internal Accessories 17/39

External Accessories 17/43-17/57

VL Circuit Breakers:

Additional Information

Contents Page

Table of Contents 17/1–17/4

Catalog Numbering System 17/5–17/8

Trip Unit Overview 17/15–17/16

Molded Case Switch 17/40

Molded Case Protector 17/41

600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers 17/42

Accessory Locations 17/58

Sufﬁx for Internal Accessories 17/59

Technical Data 17/60–17/61

Unusual Operating Conditions 17/62

Breaker Modiﬁcations 17/104

400 Hz Systems 17/115

17/3

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: new page

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

-



600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron ED Breakers

Selection and ordering data

240V 480V 600V

ED2 10KAIC — —

ED4 65KAIC 18KAIC —

ED6 65KAIC 25KAIC 18KAIC

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for

circuit protection up to 600

volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/63

Internal Accessories 17/65

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron HED/CED Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600/V

HED4 42KAIC

CED6 200KAIC 100KAIC

1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/64

Internal Accessories 17/65

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron FD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

FD6 35KAIC 22KAIC

HFD6 65KAIC 25KAIC

HHFD6 100KAIC 25KAIC

CFD6 200KAIC 100KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 250A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)

Information Page

General Data 17/66-67

Internal Accessories 17/68

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron JD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

240V 480V 600V

JD2 65KAIC — —

JD6, SJD6-A 65KAIC 35KAIC 25KAIC

HHJD6 200KAIC 100KAIC 50KAIC

CJD6,SCJD6-A 200KAIC 150KAIC 100KAIC

HJD6, SHJD6-A

100KAIC 65KAIC 35KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 400A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/69-17/71

Internal Accessories 17/72

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron LD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

LD6, SLD6-A 35KAIC 25KAIC

HLD6, SHLD6-A 65KAIC 25KAIC

HHLD6 100KAIC 50KAIC

CLD6, SCLD6-A 150KAIC 100KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 600A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/73-17/75

Internal Accessories 17/76

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron LMD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600/V

LMD6 50KAIC 25KAIC

HLMD6 65KAIC 50KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/77-17/78

Internal Accessories 17/79

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

17/4 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: new page

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600V Circuit Breakers

Sentron MD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

MD, SMD6 50KAIC 25KAIC

HMD, SHMD6 65KAIC 50KAIC

CMD, SCMD6 100KAIC 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 800A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/80-17/82

Internal Accessories 17/86

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron ND Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

ND, SND6 50KAIC 25KAIC

HND, SHND6 65KAIC 50KAIC

CND, SCND6 100KAIC 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/83-17/85

Internal Accessories 17/86

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron PD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

PD, SPD6 50KAIC 25KAIC

HPD, SHPD6 65KAIC 50KAIC

CPD 100KAIC 65KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/87-17/88

Internal Accessories 17/90

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron RD Breakers

Selection and ordering data

480V 600V

RD 50KAIC 25KAIC

HRD 65KAIC 50KAIC

2- & 3-pole up to 2000A for

circuit protection up to 600 volt

circuits (UL/CSA)

Information Page

General Data 17/89

Internal Accessories 17/90

External Accessories 17/105-17/112

Sentron Circuit Breakers:

Additional Information

Contents Page

Table of Contents 17/1–17/4

Catalog Numbering System 17/5–17/8

ETI Motor Circuit Protector 17/91–17/93

Adjustable Magnetic

Trip Setting 17/94–17/96

Molded Case Switch 17/97

Internal Accessories–Combinations

Sensitrip III Electronic

Trip Breakers 17/98–17/99

Electronic & Communication

Accessories 17/100

Lug Information 17/101–17/103

Unusual Operating Conditions 17/114

Breaker Modiﬁcations 17/115

400 Hz Systems 17/116

17/5

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Introduction

Ordering

In the FD through RD frames, you may

order molded case circuit breakers three

basic ways:

▪ As separately ordered frames, trip

units and lugs

▪ As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as

one catalog number and shipped

unassembled or assembled

▪ As Frame and Trip Unit shipped

assembled and with the trip unit made

non-removable, in compliance with UL

489 requirements that to be reverse

fed the circuit breaker must not have

an interchangeable trip unit.

These two options are described in the

following:

Components Ordered Separately

To get the components for a 3-pole, 400

Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker,

you would order the frame (JD63F400),

the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs

(TA2J6500). This option is normally

useful only if you stock and use large

volumes of product and wish to reduce

your inventory cost. You may stock, for

example, a smaller number of frames

(JD63F400) and a variety of trip units

(JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and

assemble breakers as you need them.

Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs

Ordered Together

If you order the catalog number

JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a

trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages.

By suffixing this number with “L” (e.g.

JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip

unit and lugs assembled in one container.

Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered

thus will have the markings “LINE” and

“LOAD”, and may not be “reverse fed”

(with power flowing from the “OFF” end

of the breaker toward the “ON” end).

Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers

If you place an “X” after the frame size

designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will

receive a frame and trip unit assembled,

with the trip unit made non-removable.

If you suffix an “L” to this catalog

number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will

receive the breaker, non-removable trip

unit and lugs assembled. Unless you

anticipate a specific need to change the

breaker’s ampere rating in the future,

this is the preferred ordering method, as

the products are assembled to Siemens’

specifications in our factories. These

breakers are suitable for use reverse fed

according to UL 489, since the trip unit is

not removable.

The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below)

do not have removable trip units, and

consequently are shipped only as

assembled products. To add lugs,

see the ordering instructions on

each product’s catalog page.

Connecting Breakers for DC

Application

Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip

MCCBs are applicable on direct current

(dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc

systems a two pole breaker is used,

with one pole on each leg of the supply

circuit. For three pole breakers applied on

500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is

important to connect the power supply

“zig-zag” through the breaker as shown

in the figure below. This assures that the

Voltage between phases on the breaker

terminals is uniformly distributed.

500V DC Wiring Configuration

17/6 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-6

Interrupting Class

N — Normal

H — High

L — Very High

C — Trip Unit Only

Frame Family

Breaker Type

Number of Poles

2, 3

Trip Unit

Continuous Current Rating

For DG use 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150

For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400

For LG use 400, 500, 600

For MG use 600, 700, 800

For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)

For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)

Terminations

B — Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs

L — Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs

X — No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow)

Accessories

Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations

Suffix Description

A1 — 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for

A2 — 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG) alarm purposes, only one of these switches may

A3 — 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG) be used as there is only one space for an alarm.

A3 — 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG)

A4 — 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG)

Shunt Trips

RB — 24 VDC RM — 48-60 VAC

RC — 48-60 VDC RN — 110-127 VAC

RD — 110-127 VDC RS — 208-277 VAC

RE — 250 VDC RV — 380-600 VAC

Under Voltage Releases

UA — 12 VDC UN — 110-127 VAC

UB — 24 VDC UP — 208 VAC

UC — 48 VDC UR — 220-250 VAC

UD — 110-127 VDC US — 277 VAC

UE — 220-250 VDC UT — 380-415 VAC

UG — 60 VDC UU — 440-480 VAC

UK — 24 VAC

LCD = Liquid Crystal Display

LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions

LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions

LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions

GF = Ground Fault

3P = 3-pole

4W = 4-wire

 Select Frames

E — Global DG Frame Only

600 Y/347 V

G — Global interchangeable (UL,

IEC, CE, CSA, NOM, CCC)

J — 240V rated JG frame,

Non-interchangeable only

K — Global, Non-interchangeable

(DG, LG-frame)

M — Motor Circuit Protector

P — Motor Circuit Protector

(DG Only)

R — Molded Case Switch

(DG, LG-frame)

S — Molded Case Switch

T — Trip Unit Only

V — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40°C

ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA

(LG frame)

W — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable

(DG, LG-frame)

X — Global Non-interchangeable

Y — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable

F — Frame only, without trip unit

B — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40° C ambient

L — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low

instantaneous range

J — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low

instantaneous range (LG-frame)

M — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard

instantaneous range

Y — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard

instantaneous range (LG-frame)

H — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High

instantaneous range

S — Molded Case Switch

A — Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected)

G — Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or

return type ground fault protection)

K — Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W

(selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm)

R — Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected)

T — Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected)

V — Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection

W — Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection

D — Type DG

F — Type FG

J — Type JG

L — Type LG

M — Type MG

N — Type NG

P — Type PG

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System

Selection/Application

17/7

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-7

If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 15-digit catalog number. See the examples

below for a detailed explanation. The 15 digit number is achieved by placing X’s in positions not being occupied by an

accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories.

Auxiliary Switch Example:

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L A 2 X X X X

Standard 9-digit Aux. Switch Completes Cat #

Shunt Trip / UVR Example:

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L X X U N X X

Standard 9-digit UVR

Completes Cat #

Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example:

H F G 3 B 2 0 0 L A 2 R N X X

Standard 9-digit Aux. Shunt Completes

Switch Trip Cat #

Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example:

H F X 3 B 2 0 0 L

Standard 9-digit

VL Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System

Selection

17/8 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-5

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbering System

Selection/Application

Trip Unit Type

— Omitted – Thermal-Magnetic

S — Sensitrip® Electronic Trip

Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range

— Omitted – Standard Rating

H — High IC Rating

HH — Extra High IC Rating

C — Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting

Frame Identifier

E — Type ED M — Type MD

F — Type FD N — Type ND

J — Type JD P — Type PD

L — Type LD R — Type RD

LM — Type LMD

Maximum Voltage

2 — 240 Vac

4 — 480 Vac

6 — 600 Vac

Number of Poles

1

2

3

9 used to indicate the max. functions for an electronic trip circuit breaker (always 3 poles)

(Specific Application Type)

B — Standard 40°C Breaker

M — Calibrated for 50°C Application

F — Frame Only

T — 40°C Trip Unit Only

W — 50°C Trip Unit Only

S — Molded Case Switch

L — Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker

A — Standard Range ETI Breaker

H — High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker

Maximum Continuous Current Rating

ED Frame — 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125

FD Frame — 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250

JD Frame — 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400

LD Frame — 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600

LMD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800

MD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800

ND Frame — 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)

PD Frame — 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)

RD Frame — 160 (1600A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A)

Suffix

L — where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed

A — used with a switch to show automatic self protection

Y — 400 Hertz

H — 100% rated

P — Load side lugs only

NOTE:

— Position omitted if not used.

X D

If used on 250A frame and above means

non-interchangeable trip breaker with

factory assembled frame and trip. Solid

state trip and current limiting (S or C in

first character) are non-interchangeable

only, and the “X” is omitted.

17/9

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-26

All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix “L” to catalog number. Consult Siemens

for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40°C maximum ambient application.

n

Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery

 UL Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,

UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps

and above, HACR rated.

b 1A and 1B contacts.

c

UL Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems —

10,000 for this application.

d

UL Listed for frequent switching

applications (SWD). 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting.

e

Shipped 12 per sleeve.

f

Shipped 6 per sleeve.

g

Shipped 4 per sleeve.

h

UL Listed 5KA IR.

Description Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed

120V Shunt Trip add suffix...00S01n Factory

24V Shunt Trip add suffix...00S07n Factory

120V Auxiliary Switch add suffix...01nb Factory

BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories

Description Catalog Number

Line Side Lugs add suffix...L

Quick Connect Lug add suffix...QX

400Hz Calibration add suffix...Y

h

Marine 50˚ C Ambient add suffix...M

Calibration

Fungus Proofing add suffix...F

Factory Modifications

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

Type BQType BQH Type HBQ

10,000A IR 22,000A IR 65,000A IR

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

1-Pole (120V AC)

e

15 BQ1B015dBQ1B015HdHB1B015nd

20 BQ1B020dBQ1B020HdHB1B020nd

25 BQ1B025 BQ1B025HnHB1B025n

30 BQ1B030 BQ1B030H HB1B030n

35 BQ1B035nBQ1B035HnHB1B035n

40 BQ1B040 BQ1B040H HB1B040n

45 BQ1B045nBQ1B045HnHB1B045n

50 BQ1B050 BQ1B050H HB1B050n

60 BQ1B060nBQ1B060HnHB1B060n

70 BQ1B070nBQ1B070HnHB1B070n

2-Pole (Common-Trip 120/240V AC)f

15 BQ2B015 BQ2B015H HB2B015n

20 BQ2B020 BQ2B020H HB2B020n

25 BQ2B025 BQ2B025HnHB2B025n

30 BQ2B030 BQ2B030H HB2B030n

35 BQ2B035 BQ2B035HnHB2B035n

40 BQ2B040 BQ2B040H HB2B040n

45 BQ2B045 BQ2B045HnHB2B045n

50 BQ2B050 BQ2B050H HB2B050n

60 BQ2B060 BQ2B060H HB2B060n

70 BQ2B070 BQ2B070HnHB2B070n

80 BQ2B080 BQ2B080HnHB2B080

90 BQ2B090 BQ2B090HnHB2B090n

100 BQ2B100 BQ2B100H HB2B100

110 BQ2B110 BQ2B110H HB2B110n

125 BQ2B125 BQ2B125H HB2B125

2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC)cf

15 BQ2H015 — —

20 BQ2H020 — —

30 BQ2H030 — —

40 BQ2H040n— —

50 BQ2H050 — —

60 BQ2H060 — —

70 BQ2H070n— —

80 BQ2H080n— —

90 BQ2H090n— —

100 BQ2H100n— —

3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC)g

15 BQ3B015 BQ3B015H HB3B015n

20 BQ3B020 BQ3B020H HB3B020n

25 BQ3B025nBQ3B025HnHB3B025

30 BQ3B030 BQ3B030H HB3B030

35 BQ3B035nBQ3B035H HB3B035

40 BQ3B040 BQ3B040H HB3B040

45 BQ3B045nBQ3B045H HB3B045

50 BQ3B050 BQ3B050H HB3B050

60 BQ3B060 BQ3B060H HB3B060

70 BQ3B070 BQ3B070H HB3B070n

80 BQ3B080 BQ3B080HnHB3B080n

90 BQ3B090 BQ3B090HnHB3B090n

100 BQ3B100 BQ3B100H HB3B100

2-Pole

3-Pole

1-Pole

For external accessories, please refer

to page

17/106

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE

Selection

17/10 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-27

For inches / millimeters conversion,

see Application Data section.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

 UL Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,

UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps

and above, HACR rated.

b

Connector has steel construction.

c

Surface mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required,

replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”.

dNeutral included in enclosure.

e

Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt

trips or auxiliary switches installed.

f Type BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on line side of

circuit breaker.

BQ1B015QLD

Breaker Dimensions (inches)

Type Amperes L D1 D2

BQ, BQH 15–50 33⁄4 23⁄8 3

BQ, BQH 55–125 4 23⁄8 3

HBQ 15–125 4 23⁄8 3

BQXD 15–60 41⁄2 23⁄8 3

Enclosures

Type Catalog Number d

1 EB3100Sce

3R WB3100

Circuit Cab. Lug

Breaker Per Wire Range Catalog

Amp. Rtg. Lug AWG Number

Line Side

1 #16–#6 Cu TC1Q1b

10–40 1 #12–#6 Al

1 #8–#1 Cu TA1Q1

45–125 1 #6–#1/0 Al

Load Side

10 2 #16 Cu

1 #14–#10 Cu

15–20 1 #12–#10 Al

1 #14–#6 Cu

25–35 1 #12–#10 Al

1 #8–#6 Cu

40–50 1 #8–#4 Al

1 #8–#4 Cu

55–70 1 #8–#2 Al

1 #4–#1/0 Cu

80–100 1 #2–#1/0 Al

1 #2–#1/0 Cu

110–125 1 #1/0–#2/0 Al

Lugs-For Use with BQ, BQH, HBQ

f

BQ2B015QLD

BQ1B015QXD BQ2B015QXD

Connectors

are

Supplied

with

Circuit

Breaker

For external accessories, please refer

to pages

17/106,

17/108 to 17/113

Breaker

Type

Ampere

Rating

Catalog

Number

Load Side

Connector

Interrupting Ratings (KA)

(RMS Symmetrical Amperes)

Volts AC

120 120/240

1-Pole DIN Rail (120V AC)

BQXD

1-Pole

120V

DIN Rail

10 BQ1B010QLD TC1Q1 10

15 BQ1B015QLD TC1Q1 10

20 BQ1B020QLD TC1Q1 10

25 BQ1B025QLD TC1Q1 10

30 BQ1B030QLD TC1Q1 10

35 BQ1B035QLD TC1Q1 10

40 BQ1B040QLD TC1Q1 10

45 BQ1B045QLD TA1Q1 10

50 BQ1B050QLD TA1Q1 10

60 BQ1B060QLD TA1Q1 10

10 BQ1B010QXD Quick-Connect 10

15 BQ1B015QXD Quick-Connect 10

20 BQ1B020QXD Quick-Connect 10

25 BQ1B025QXD Quick-Connect 10

30 BQ1B030QXD Quick-Connect 10

35 BQ1B035QXD Quick-Connect 10

40 BQ1B040QXD Quick-Connect 10

45 BQ1B045QXD Quick-Connect 10

50 BQ1B050QXD Quick-Connect 10

60 BQ1B060QXD Quick-Connect 10

2-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC)

BQXD

2-Pole

120/240V

DIN Rail

10 BQ2B010QLD TC1Q1 10

15 BQ2B015QLD TC1Q1 10

20 BQ2B020QLD TC1Q1 10

25 BQ2B025QLD TC1Q1 10

30 BQ2B030QLD TC1Q1 10

35 BQ2B035QLD TC1Q1 10

40 BQ2B040QLD TC1Q1 10

45 BQ2B045QLD TA1Q1 10

50 BQ2B050QLD TA1Q1 10

60 BQ2B060QLD TA1Q1 10

10 BQ2B010QXD Quick-Connect 10

15 BQ2B015QXD Quick-Connect 10

20 BQ2B020QXD Quick-Connect 10

25 BQ2B025QXD Quick-Connect 10

30 BQ2B030QXD Quick-Connect 10

35 BQ2B035QXD Quick-Connect 10

40 BQ2B040QXD Quick-Connect 10

45 BQ2B045QXD Quick-Connect 10

50 BQ2B050QXD Quick-Connect 10

60 BQ2B060QXD Quick-Connect 10

Catalog Number Qty

BQFS2 2

BQFS1K 1000

Finger Safe Terminal Shield

Protects against accidental contact with

lugs–1 per lug. Fits line and load end.

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers

Selection/Dimensions

17/11

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-28

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

See Note: A page 17/42.

Note: QJ breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed

applications.

b HACR rated.

c

Internal accessories are not available on 2-pole QJ

breakers.

Shipping Weights

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, HQJ2

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

2 10 30

3 10 41

Lugs For 75°C Wire

Catalog Lug Lug

Number Body Wire Range

TA1Q300 Al (1) #6—300 kcmil Cu

(1) #4—300 kcmil Al

TC1Q250 Cu (1) #6—250 kcmil Cu

Enclosures (Neutral Included)

Catalog

Type Number

1 EB3225(S)(F)

3R (2-pole) WB2225

3R (3-pole) WB3225

Load side TA1Q300 lugs are mounted and

included when circuit breaker is ordered.

For line and load lugs (TA1Q300) installed at

no additional charge, add suffix “L” to catalog

number.

50°C Calibration - See page 17/104.

400HZ. - See page 17/104.

Ordering Information

2.53’’

7’’

D

3’’

2-pole

4.5’’ 3-pole

For external accessories, please refer

to pages

17/108 to 17/113

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

240V AC

Catalog Number

3-Pole

240V AC

Catalog Number

Type QJ2b

060 QJ22B060nQJ23B060

070 QJ22B070nQJ23B070

080 QJ22B080nQJ23B080n

090 QJ22B090nQJ23B090n

100 QJ22B100 QJ23B100

110 QJ22B110nQJ23B110

125 QJ22B125 QJ23B125

150 QJ22B150 QJ23B150

175 QJ22B175 QJ23B175

200 QJ22B200 QJ23B200

225 QJ22B225 QJ23B225

Type QJH2b

060 QJH22B060nQJH23B060n

070 QJH22B070nQJH23B070n

080 QJH22B080nQJH23B080n

090 QJH22B090nQJH23B090n

100 QJH22B100nQJH23B100

110 QJH22B110nQJH23B110

125 QJH22B125 QJH23B125

150 QJH22B150 QJH23B150

175 QJH22B175nQJH23B175

200 QJH22B200 QJH23B200

225 QJH22B225 QJH23B225

Type QJ2Hb

060 QJ22B060HnQJ23B060Hn

070 QJ22B070HnQJ23B070Hn

080 QJ22B080HnQJ23B080Hn

090 QJ22B090HnQJ23B090Hn

100 QJ22B100HnQJ23B100H

110 QJ22B110HnQJ23B110Hn

125 QJ22B125H QJ23B125H

150 QJ22B150H QJ23B150H

175 QJ22B175HnQJ23B175H

200 QJ22B200H QJ23B200H

225 QJ22B225H QJ23B225H

Type HQJ2b

100 — HQJ23B100s

110 — HQJ23B110s

125 — HQJ23B125s

150 — HQJ23B150s

175 — HQJ23B175s

200 — HQJ23B200s

225 — HQJ23B225s

QJ2

Internal Accessories (Factory installed only) (3-pole only)c

Add suffix to catalog number.

Control Voltage Shunt Trip

Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip and 1A and

1B Auxiliary Switch1A and 1B 2A and 2B

AC DC Suffix Suffix Suffix Suffix

120/240 00S01nA01nA02n01S01n

24 00S07nA01nA02n01S07n

48 00S09nA01nA02n01S09n

UL 489 Interrupting Ratings

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)

Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 208Y/120

QJ2 10 —

QJH2 22 —

QJ2H 42 —

HQJ2 65 100

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

QJ 225A Frame

Selection/Dimensions

17/12 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-29

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg)

1 1 0.5 (0)

2 1 1.0 (0)

3 1 1.5 (1)

Lugs For 60/75°C Wire

Amps Wire Size

15–40 #14–#6 AWG Cu

#12–#6 AWG Al

45–100 #8–#1 AWG Cu

#6–#1/0 AWG Al

CQD, CQD6

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

 SWD rated.

Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed

applications.

b HID rated.

c HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

Breaker Number Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC

Type of Poles 120 240 277 480/277 600/347 125 125/250

CQD 1 65 — 14 — — 14 —

(UL) 2 — 65 — 14 — — 14

3 — 65 — 14 — — —

CQD6 1 65 — 14 — 10 14 —

(CSA) 2 — 65 — — 10 — 14

3 — 65 — — 10 — —

Accessories pages

17/14

and 17/108 to 17/113

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mountc

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

277V AC

125V DC

480Y/277V AC

125/250V DC 480Y/277V AC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

115 CQD115b CQD215bCQD315b

120 CQD120b CQD220bCQD320b

125 CQD125bCQD225bCQD325b

130 CQD130bCQD230bCQD330b

135 CQD135bnCQD235bnCQD335b

140 CQD140bnCQD240bCQD340b

145 CQD145bnCQD245bnCQD345bn

150 CQD150bnCQD250bCQD350b

160 CQD160nCQD260 CQD360

170 CQD170nCQD270 CQD370

180 CQD180nCQD280 CQD380

190 CQD190nCQD290nCQD390

100 CQD1100nCQD2100 CQD3100

Type CQD6 (Cable In - Cable Out) CSA Certified, not UL

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

347V AC

125V DC

600Y/347V AC

125/250V DC 600Y/347V AC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

115 — CQD6215nCQD6315n

120 CQD6120bnCQD6220nCQD6320n

125 CQD6125bnCQD6225nCQD6325n

130 CQD6130bnCQD6230nCQD6330n

135 CQD6135nCQD6235nCQD6335n

140 CQD6140nCQD6240nCQD6340n

145 CQD6145nCQD6245nCQD6345n

150 CQD6150nCQD6250nCQD6350n

160 CQD6160nCQD6260nCQD6360n

170 CQD6170nCQD6270n—

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

CQD 100A Frame

Selection/Dimensions

17/13

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-30

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight lbs. (kg)

1 1 .75 (0.34)

2 1 1.3 (0.59)

3 1 2.0 (0.98)

GG

5.4

GG

2.9

 SWD rated. b

HID rated at 15-50A 1-pole @ 277 VAC; 2 & 3-pole @

480 VAC

Lugs For 60/75°C Wire

NGG

Ampere Rating Wire Size Catalog Number

15–30A #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1 (qty. 1)

#12–#6 AWG Al 3TC1Q1 (qty. 3)

35–125A #8–1/0 AWG Cu 3TC1GG20 (qty. 3)

#8–2/0 AWG Al

15–125A Nut Keeper plate w/ screw TNKG3 (qty. 3)

(for crimp terminals)

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

GG 125A Frame (Cable In - Cable Out)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 NGG1B015L b NGG2B015LbNGG3B015Lb

20 NGG1B020L b NGG2B020LbNGG3B020Lb

25 NGG1B025LbNGG2B025LbNGG3B025Lb

30 NGG1B030LbNGG2B030LbNGG3B030Lb

35 NGG1B035LbNGG2B035LbNGG3B035Lb

40 NGG1B040LbNGG2B040LbNGG3B040Lb

45 NGG1B045LbNGG2B045LbNGG3B045Lb

50 NGG1B050LbNGG2B050LbNGG3B050Lb

60 NGG1B060L NGG2B060L NGG3B060L

70 NGG1B070L NGG2B070L NGG3B070L

80 NGG1B080L NGG2B080L NGG3B080L

90 NGG1B090L NGG2B090L NGG3B090L

100 NGG1B100L NGG2B100L NGG3B100L

110 NGG1B110L NGG2B110L NGG3B110L

125 NGG1B125L NGG2B125L NGG3B125L

Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the “L” suffix.

HACR rated.

Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting.

Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes kA)

Breaker

Type Poles

UL489 IEC 60947-2 (Ics = 50%Icu)

Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC Volts DC

120 240 277 347 480 600Y/347 125 125/250 240 415 125/250

NGG 1 65 — 25 14 — — 14 — 25

2,3 — 65 — — 25 14 — 1465 14

HGG 1 65 — 35 14 — — 14 — —

2,3 — 65 — — 35 14 — 14— 14

LGG 1 65 — 65 14 — — 14 — —

2,3 — 65 — — 65 14 — 14— 14

Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 LGG1B015Lb LGG2B015LbLGG3B015Lb

20 LGG1B020Lb LGG2B020LbLGG3B020Lb

25 LGG1B025LbLGG2B025LbLGG3B025Lb

30 LGG1B030LbLGG2B030LbLGG3B030Lb

35 LGG1B035LbLGG2B035LbLGG3B035Lb

40 LGG1B040LbLGG2B040LbLGG3B040Lb

45 LGG1B045LbLGG2B045LbLGG3B045Lb

50 LGG1B050LbLGG2B050LbLGG3B050Lb

60 LGG1B060L LGG2B060L LGG3B060L

70 LGG1B070L LGG2B070L LGG3B070L

80 LGG1B080L LGG2B080L LGG3B080L

90 LGG1B090L LGG2B090L LGG3B090L

100 LGG1B100L LGG2B100L LGG3B100L

110 LGG1B110L LGG2B110L LGG3B110L

125 LGG1B125L LGG2B125L LGG3B125L

Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

15 HGG1B015Lb HGG2B015LbHGG3B015Lb

20 HGG1B020Lb HGG2B020LbHGG3B020Lb

25 HGG1B025LbHGG2B025LbHGG3B025Lb

30 HGG1B030LbHGG2B030LbHGG3B030Lb

35 HGG1B035LbHGG2B035LbHGG3B035Lb

40 HGG1B040LbHGG2B040LbHGG3B040Lb

45 HGG1B045LbHGG2B045LbHGG3B045Lb

50 HGG1B050LbHGG2B050LbHGG3B050Lb

60 HGG1B060L HGG2B060L HGG3B060L

70 HGG1B070L HGG2B070L HGG3B070L

80 HGG1B080L HGG2B080L HGG3B080L

90 HGG1B090L HGG2B090L HGG3B090L

100 HGG1B100L HGG2B100L HGG3B100L

110 HGG1B110L HGG2B110L HGG3B110L

125 HGG1B125L HGG2B125L HGG3B125L

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

GG 125A Frame

Selection/Dimensions

Accessories pages 17/14

and 17/108 to 17/113

17/14 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-31

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



Adds 1-pole space for accessory.

CQD with Accessory Installed

Shunt Trip

Control Voltage

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,

NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB

and LGB

Catalog NumberV AC V DC

120 — CQDST120

240 — CQDST240s

277 — CQDST277s

480 — CQDST480s

600 — CQDST600

—012 CQDST12

—024 CQDST24

—048 CQDST48

— 125 CQDST125

Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch

Combinations

Shunt Trip

Voltage

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,

NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB

and LGB

Catalog NumberAC DC

24 —CQDST24AASs

120 —CQDST120AASs

240 —CQDST240AASs

277 —CQDST277AASs

480 —CQDST480AASs

600 — CQDST600AASs

—12 CQDST12DASs

—24 CQDST24DASs

—48 CQDST48DASs

—125 CQDST125DASs

Auxiliary Switch

Maximum

Voltage Number

of

Contacts

BQD, BQD6, CQD,

CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG,

NGB, HGB and LGB

Catalog NumberAC DC

240 125 1A–1B CQDA1

240 125 2A–2B CQDA2

Alarm Switch

Maximum Voltage

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,

NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB

and LGB

Catalog NumberAC DC

240 125 CQDBA

Alarm and Auxiliary Switch

Combinations

For Breaker Catalog Number

BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,

NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB,

HGB and LGB

CQDA1BAs

General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Selection

17/15

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-94, 17/17

The interchangeability of the VL circuit

breaker trip units allow for easy conver-

sion from any of 3 types of protection.

They are thermal-magnetic, electronic,

or electronic with a built-in LCD. The

thermal-magnetic trip unit features an

adjustable magnetic trip setting. The

electronic trip units are microprocessor

based true RMS sensing devices and

are available with a variety of adjustable

trip settings, configurations, and infor-

mation menus. With precise control

over the circuit beaker functions and

access to system status, diagnostics,

and information, these trip units allow

for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit

coordination.

An example of coordination is the out

of the box Ground Fault function on the

Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and

time delay settings are set at the

factory for each frame and do not

overlap with the settings on the other

frames. Therefore, when VL breakers

are used together in a system the GF

protection is automatically coordinated.

The user also has the ability to program

a custom coordination scheme with

adjustable settings on both the 555 and

586 trip units.

Continuous Amps Rating (Ir)

This setting is the continuous current

that the breaker will carry without trip-

ping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip

unit’s nominal rating (In).

Long Time Delay (tr)

Sometimes referred to as the “overload”

position, this function controls the break-

er‘s “pause-in-tripping” time. It allows

low level, temporary inrush currents

such as those encountered when start-

ing a motor to pass without tripping. The

time delay begins when the current

reaches 6 x Ir.

Instantaneous Pick-up (Ii)

This function sets the breaker to trip

instantaneously during high fault condi-

tions. This function may be turned off on

Model 586 trip units. Turning this func-

tion off will enable an instantaneous trip

override function to ensure self protec-

tion of circuit breaker.

Short Time Pick-Up (lsd)

This function controls the level of fault

current the breaker will carry for a short

time without tripping, thus allowing

downstream devices to clear short cir-

cuits ahead of up-stream protection.

It may be defeated (turned-off) on

Model 586 trip units.

Short Time Delay (tsd)

This controls the interval of time the

breaker will remain closed against a fault

(at the Short Time Pick-up current level)

without tripping. The time delay may be

set at fixed points or at short time inter-

vals based on l2t curves. This function is

used with the Short Time Pick-up to

achieve selectivity and better system

coordination.

Ground Fault Pick-Up (Ig)

This setting controls the level of ground

fault current that will cause the breaker

to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units

act on the residual current to sense

ground current. The Model 586

Electronic Trip Unit is programmable

and allows the user to select either

the residual current method or direct

detection (via a separate current trans-

former) to detect ground current.

Ground Fault Time Delay (tg)

This controls the interval of time the

breaker will remain closed after a ground

fault is detected (at the Ground Fault

Pick-up current level) without tripping.

Trip Unit Functions

VL Trip Units

Model 525 Model 555 Model 586

Thermal-

magnetic

Electronic

LI

Electronic

LIG

Electronic

LSI

Electronic

LSIG

Electronic

with LCD

LSI

Electronic

with LCD

LSIG

Electronic

with LCD

LSI + G alarm only

Continuous Current Setting (Ir)Fixed u u u u u u u

Long Time Delay (tr)hu u u u u u u

Instantaneous Function l llll(ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)

Instantaneous Pickup (Ii)u u u u u u u u

Short Time Function h h h l l (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF) (ON/OFF)

Short Time Pick-up (Isd)h h h u u u u u

Short Time Delay (tsd)h h h u u u u u

Ground Fault Pick-up (Ig)h h uhuhuh

Ground Fault Delay (tg)h h uhuhuh

Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up h h h h h h u u

Ground Fault Alarm Delay h h h h h h u u

Alarm & Status Indicator hl l l l l l l

Built-in Display (LCD) h hhhhl l l

Pre-Trip Alarm



hl l l l l l l

Last Trip Information hl



l



l



l



l l l

Zone Selective



hl l l l l l l

Communications



hl l l l l l l

u Adjustable setting

l This feature is included

h Feature is not included.



Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Trip Unit Overview

Selection

17/16 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-95, 17/18

Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous

magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip

setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A.

Electronic Trip Units

Electronic trip units are available through

the VL family, from 60A (which can be

set as low as 30A) up through 1600A.

They are also available in four trip

configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and

features can include a built-in LCD

display.

On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a

flashing LED confirms that the

microprocessor is in operating and

another indicates an overload condition.

For ease-of-use and to insure proper

coordination, the set points for the

continuous current are shown on the

face of these trip units in amps.

On the Model 586, the LCD version, the

current in each phase is continuously

shown on the display. Unlike many

displays, no secondary or auxiliary volt-

age is required as long as the breaker is

energized and a minimal load current is

present. These trip units can also indi-

cate the “last trip” status (date, time,

amps) when they‘re connected to a PC

via one of our communications modules.

Without being connected via a communi-

cation module, the last trip status can be

viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time

stamp).

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions

Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit

with LSIG trip functions

Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit

has an LCD display

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General Information

Selection

17/17

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-96, 17/19

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker

A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and

standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a com-

plete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard

connectors.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd

character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic

with LCD only.

HACR rated.

Number To Handle

of Poles Width Length Depth D1

2, 3 4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2(107)

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Trip Unit Complete

Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker

2, 3 3.7 (1.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2.6 (1.2) 5.9 (2.7)

Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

50 450 600

60 450 600

70 450 700

80 450 800

90 500 1000

100 500 1000

110 550 1100

125 625 1250

150 800 1600

DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range. External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Connectors for 75°C Wire



Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.

b

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

c

2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.

d

Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Number

Steel 30-150 #8–1/0 Cu 1 3TW1DG20b

Aluminum 30-150 #6–3/0 Al/Cu 1 3TA1DG30b

Copper 30-150 #6–3/0 Cu 1 3TC1DG30bd

Distribution Lugs

30-150 #14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max) 3 3TA3DG02b

30-150 #14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 6 3TA6DG04b

Compression Lugs

30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 2CLD20c

30-150 #14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu – 3CLD20b

Interrupting Ratings

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480

600Y

/347 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

N NDGB 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 12 6

H HDGB 100 65 18 30 18 100 75 70 70 12 6

L LDGB 200 100 18 30 18 200 150 100 75 12 6

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Frame, VL Series

Selection

17/18 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-97, 17/20

A - Consult with Siemens for availability.

Model 525 Trip Unit

TM ~

=150A

AMPS

I

i

800 1600

1440

1280

1120

960

n

I

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525

40? C

Cat. No. - CDT3B150

Type / Tipo CDT3

DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

50 NDK2B050L HDK2B050L LDK2B050L

60 NDK2B060L HDK2B060L LDK2B060L

70 NDK2B070L HDK2B070L LDK2B070L

80 NDK2B080L HDK2B080L LDK2B080L

90 NDK2B090L HDK2B090L LDK2B090L

100 NDK2B100L HDK2B100L LDK2B100L

110 NDK2B110L HDK2B110L LDK2B110L

125 NDK2B125L HDK2B125L LDK2B125L

150 NDK2B150L HDK2B150L LDK2B150L

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

50 NDK3B050L HDK3B050L LDK3B050L

60 NDK3B060L HDK3B060L LDK3B060L

70 NDK3B070L HDK3B070L LDK3B070L

80 NDK3B080L HDK3B080L LDK3B080L

90 NDK3B090L HDK3B090L LDK3B090L

100 NDK3B100L HDK3B100L LDK3B100L

110 NDK3B110L HDK3B110L LDK3B110L

125 NDK3B125L HDK3B125L LDK3B125L

150 NDK3B150L HDK3B150L LDK3B150L

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

17/19

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-98, 17/21

Model 555 Trip Units

 Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the

left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.

Model 586 Trip Unit

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

60 NDK3R060L HDK3R060L LDK3R060L

100 NDK3R100L HDK3R100L LDK3R100L

150 NDK3R150L HDK3R150L LDK3R150L

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

60 NDK3T060L HDK3T060L LDK3T060L

100 NDK3T100L HDK3T100L LDK3T100L

150 NDK3T150L HDK3T150L LDK3T150L

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

60 NDK3V060L HDK3V060L LDK3V060L

100 NDK3V100L HDK3V100L LDK3V100L

150 NDK3V150L HDK3V150L LDK3V150L

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

60 NDK3W060L HDK3W060L LDK3W060L

100 NDK3W100L HDK3W100L LDK3W100L

150 NDK3W150L HDK3W150L LDK3W150L

DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

60 NDK3A060L HDK3A060L LDK3A060L

100 NDK3A100L HDK3A100L LDK3A100L

150 NDK3A150L HDK3A150L LDK3A150L

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

60 NDK3G060L HDK3G060L LDK3G060L

100 NDK3G100L HDK3G100L LDK3G100L

150 NDK3G150L HDK3G150L LDK3G150L

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

60 NDK3K060L HDK3K060L LDK3K060L

100 NDK3K100L HDK3K100L LDK3K100L

150 NDK3K150L HDK3K150L LDK3K150L

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

DG 150A Electronic Trip Units

Selection

17/20 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-100, 17/22

External Accessories pages 17/43 to 17/57

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Frame, VL Series

Selection/Dimensions

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker

A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and

standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a com-

plete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connec-

tors.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

HACR rated.

Connectors for 75°C Wire



2-pole FG breakers are rated 600Y/347.

b

Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.

c

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

d

2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.

e

3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers.

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

Breaker 220/240 380/415 690

Type 240 480 600



250 500 ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

NFG 65 35 18 30 18 65 65 40 40 12 6

HFG 100 65 20 30 25 100 75 70 70 12 6

LFG 200 100 25 30 30 200 150 100 75 12 6

Interrupting Ratings

Ampere Wire No. of cables Catalog

Construction Rating Range per connector Number

Steel 50-250 #4–350 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1FG350

c

Aluminum

b

50-250 #4–350 kcmil Al/Cu 1 3TAW1FG350

c

Copper 50-250 #4–350 kcmil Cu 1 3TCW1FG350

c

Distribution Lugs

50-250 #12–2/0 Cu 3 3TA3FG20

c

50-250 #14–#4 Cu 6 3TA6FG04

c

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

100 625 1250

110 800 1600

125 800 1600

150 800 1600

175 1000 2000

200 1000 2000

225 1250 2500

250 1250 2500

FG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous Trip

Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

Number To Handle

of Poles Width Length Depth D1

 2,3 4.1(105) 6.9(175) 3.4(81) 4.2(107)

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Trip Unit Complete

Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker

 2,3 4.0(1.8) 2.2(1.0)  2.6(1.2) 6.2(2.8)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

17/21

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-101, 17/23

TM ~

=250A

1250 2500

AMPS

I

i

2250

2000

1750

1500

n

I

TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525

40? C

Cat. No. - CFT3B250

Type / Tipo CFT3

Model 525 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

100 NFK2B100L HFK2B100L LFK2B100L

110 NFK2B110L HFK2B110L LFK2B110L

125 NFK2B125L HFK2B125L LFK2B125L

150 NFK2B150L HFK2B150L LFK2B150L

175 NFK2B175L HFK2B175L LFK2B175L

200 NFK2B200L HFK2B200L LFK2B200L

225 NFK2B225L HFK2B225L LFK2B225L

250 NFK2B250L HFK2B250L LFK2B250L

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog NumberCatalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

TRIP UNIT ONLY

NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

100 NFG3B100L HFG3B100L LFG3B100L CFT3B100

110 NFG3B110L HFG3B110L LFG3B110L CFT3B110

125 NFG3B125L HFG3B125L LFG3B125L CFT3B125

150 NFG3B150L HFG3B150L LFG3B150L CFT3B150

175 NFG3B175L HFG3B175L LFG3B175L CFT3B175

200 NFG3B200L HFG3B200L LFG3B200L CFT3B200

225 NFG3B225L HFG3B225L LFG3B225L CFT3B225

250 NFG3B250L HFG3B250L LFG3B250L CFT3B250

0

17/22 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-102, 17/24

Model 555 Trip Units

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

100 NFG3R100L HFG3R100L LFG3R100L CFT3R100

150 NFG3R150L HFG3R150L LFG3R150L CFT3R150

250 NFG3R250L HFG3R250L LFG3R250L CFT3R250

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

100 NFG3T100L HFG3T100L LFG3T100L CFT3T100

150 NFG3T150L HFG3T150L LFG3T150L CFT3T150

250 NFG3T250L HFG3T250L LFG3T250L CFT3T250

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

100 NFG3V100L HFG3V100L LFG3V100L CFT3V100

150 NFG3V150L HFG3V150L LFG3V150L CFT3V150

250 NFG3V250L HFG3V250L LFG3V250L CFT3V250

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

100 NFG3W100L HFG3W100L LFG3W100L CFT3W100

150 NFG3W150L HFG3W150L LFG3W150L CFT3W150

250 NFG3W250L HFG3W250L LFG3W250L CFT3W250

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

100 NFG3A100L HFG3A100L LFG3A100L CFT3A100

150 NFG3A150L HFG3A150L LFG3A150L CFT3A150

250 NFG3A250L HFG3A250L LFG3A250L CFT3A250

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

100 NFG3G100L HFG3G100L LFG3G100L CFT3G100

150 NFG3G150L HFG3G150L LFG3G150L CFT3G150

250 NFG3G250L HFG3G250L LFG3G250L CFT3G250

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

100 NFG3K100L HFG3K100L LFG3K100L CFT3K100

150 NFG3K150L HFG3K150L LFG3K150L CFT3K150

250 NFG3K250L HFG3K250L LFG3K250L CFT3K250

FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

NFG3F250 HFG3F250 LFG3F250

 Due to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the

left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.

Model 586 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FG 250A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units

Selection

17/23

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-103, 17/25

Description Catalog Number

1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA

1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only

Common to DG - PG Frames

 Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for

accessory combinations.

b These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right.

c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.

‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).

‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

1 Alarm Switch

1A/Bc Left, Rightb ASKL1

Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

2 Aux. Switches

1A + 1B Left, Right ASKL2

Bases AMBL1

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches

1A + 1B, 1A/Bc Left, Rightb ASKL3

Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL1

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3

Undervoltage Release

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

12 VDC UVRLA12DC

24 VDC UVRLB24DC

48 VDC UVRLC48DC

60 VDC UVRLG60DC

110-127 VDC UVRLD125DC

220-250 VDC UVRLE250DC

24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL24

110-127 VAC UVRLN120

220-240 VAC UVRLR240

208 VAC UVRLP208

277 VAC UVRLS277

380-415 VAC UVRLT415

440-480 VAC UVRLU480

Shunt Trips

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

24 VDC STRLB24DC

48-60 VDC STRLC60DC

110-127 VDC STRLD125DC

220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC

48-60 VAC STRLM60

110-127 VAC STRLN120

208-277 VAC STRLS277

380-600 VAC STRLV600

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames

Selection

17/24 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-104, 17/26

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker

A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,

and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped

as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with

standard connectors.

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as

separate items.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.

For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog

number to “X” for standard breakers.

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd

character of the catalog number to ”Y“.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

HACR rated. Number To Handle

of Poles Width Length Depth D1

2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Trip Unit Complete

Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker

2, 3 9.3 (4.2) 4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 12.6 (5.7)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)



Standard construction supplied for each breaker.

b

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

c Required for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu

cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

250 1250 2500

300 1500 3000

350 1750 3500

400 2000 4000

JG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Connectors for 75°C Wire

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Number

Steel 70-400 1/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 3TW1JG600b

Aluminum 70-400 3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2JG250b

Aluminum 70-400 250–750 kcmil Al 1 3TA1JG750b

Aluminum 70-400 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 3TA1JG750b

Copper 70-400 3/0–600 kcmil Cu 1 TC1JG750c

Copper 70-400 3/0–250 kcmil Cu 2 TC2JG250c

Distribution Lugs

70-400 #14–4 Cu 12 3TA12JG04b

70-400 #14–2/0 Al/Cu 6 3TA6JG20b

Compression Lugs

70-400 #6–350 kcmil — 3CLJ350b

70-400 250-600 kcmil — 3CLJ600b

70-400 250-750 kcmil — 3CLJ750b

Interrupting Ratings

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480 600 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

N NJGA 65 35 25 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6

H HJGA 100 65 25 30 35 100 75 70 70 15 8

L LJGA 200 100 25 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Frame, VL Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/25

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-105, 17/27

JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

250 NJG2B250L HJG2B250L LJG2B250L CJT2B250

300 NJG2B300L HJG2B300L LJG2B300L CJT2B300

350 NJG2B350L HJG2B350L LJG2B350L CJT2B350

400 NJG2B400L HJG2B400L LJG2B400L CJT2B400

NJG2F400 HJG2F400 LJG2F400

Model 525 Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class

Continuous Catalog Number

Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER

250 NJJ3B250

300 NJJ3B300

350 NJJ3B350

400 NJJ3B400

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with

Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit

JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with

Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class

Continuous Catalog Number

Ampere Rating COMPLETE BREAKER

250 NJJ2B250

300 NJJ2B300

350 NJJ2B350

400 NJJ2B400

 Terminal connectors must be ordered separately.

Breaker Type NJJA.

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

250 NJG3B250L HJG3B250L LJG3B250L CJT3B250

300 NJG3B300L HJG3B300L LJG3B300L CJT3B300

350 NJG3B350L HJG3B350L LJG3B350L CJT3B350

400 NJG3B400L HJG3B400L LJG3B400L CJT3B400

NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

17/26 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-106, 17/28

Model 555 Trip Units

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

250 NJG3R250L HJG3R250L LJG3R250L CJT3R250

400 NJG3R400L HJG3R400L LJG3R400L CJT3R400

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

250 NJG3T250L HJG3T250L LJG3T250L CJT3T250

400 NJG3T400L HJG3T400L LJG3T400L CJT3T400

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

250 NJG3V250L HJG3V250L LJG3V250L CJT3V250

400 NJG3V400L HJG3V400L LJG3V400L CJT3V400

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

250 NJG3W250L HJG3W250L LJG3W250L CJT3W250

400 NJG3W400L HJG3W400L LJG3W400L CJT3W400

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

250 NJG3A250L HJG3A250L LJG3A250L CJT3A250

400 NJG3A400L HJG3A400L LJG3A400L CJT3A400

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

250 NJG3G250L HJG3G250L LJG3G250L CJT3G250

400 NJG3G400L HJG3G400L LJG3G400L CJT3G400

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

250 NJG3K250L HJG3K250L LJG3K250L CJT3K250

400 NJG3K400L HJG3K400L LJG3K400L CJT3K400

JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

NJG3F400 HJG3F400 LJG3F400

Model 586 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JG 400A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units

Selection

17/27

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-109, 17/30

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker

A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and

standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each breaker.

For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to

“W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only).

HACR rated.

Number To Handle

of Poles Width Length Depth D1

2, 3 5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)

Ext. 13.6

Shield (345.5)

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

400 2000 4000

500 2500 5000

600 2750 5500

LG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

Trip Unit Complete

Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker

2, 3 17.4 (7.9) 3.5 (1.6) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Interrupting Ratings

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480 600 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

N NLGB 65 35 18 30 25 65 65 45 45 12 6

H HLGB 100 65 1830 35 100 75 70 70 15 8

L LLGB 200 100 18 30 35 200 150 100 75 15 8



Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see

page 17/28

.

Connectors for 75°C Wire

b

Standard construction supplied for each breaker.

c

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

d

Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end.

e Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Numberc

Aluminum 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (load side) 3TA2LG600LDb

Aluminum 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 2 (line side) 3TA2LG600LNb

Copper 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Cu 2 (load side) 3TC2LG600LDe

Copper 150-600 #2–600 kcmil Cu 2 (line side) 3TC2LG600LNe

Compression Lugs

150-600 #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu — 6CLL350d

150-600 250-750 kcmil Al/Cu — 3CLL750c

150-600 250-600 kcmil Al/Cu — 6CLL600e

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Frame, VL Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/28 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-110, 17/31

Model 525 Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

400 NLK2B400L HLK2B400L LLK2B400L

500 NLK2B500L HLK2B500L LLK2B500L

600 NLK2B600L HLK2B600L LLK2B600L

LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

400 NLK3B400L HLK3B400L LLK3B400L

500 NLK3B500L HLK3B500L LLK3B500L

600 NLK3B600L HLK3B600L LLK3B600L

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

400 — HLV2B400L —

500 — HLV2B500L —

600 — HLV2B600L —

LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA onlyb

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

400 — HLV3B400L —

500 — HLV3B500L —

600 — HLV3B600L —

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA onlyb

 For 100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third

character of the catalog number to “Z”.

b Consult sales office for availability.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

17/29

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

VL Circuit Breakers

LG 600A Electronic Trip Units

Selection

Model 555 Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

400

600

NLK3R400L

NLK3R600L

HLK3R400L

HLK3R600L

LLK3R400L

LLK3R600L

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

400

600

NLK3T400L

NLK3T600L

HLK3T400L

HLK3T600L

LLK3T400L

LLK3T600L

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

400

600

NLK3V400L

NLK3V600L

HLK3V400L

HLK3V600L

LLK3V400L

LLK3V600L

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

400

600

NLK3W400L

NLK3W600L

HLK3W400L

HLK3W600L

LLK3W400L

LLK3W600L

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

Continuous

Ampere Rating

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

400

600

NLK3A400L

NLK3A600L

HLK3A400L

HLK3A600L

LLK3A400L

LLK3A600L

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

400

600

NLK3G400L

NLK3G600L

HLK3G400L

HLK3G600L

LLK3G400L

LLK3G600L

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

400

600

NLK3K400L

NLK3K600L

HLK3K400L

HLK3K600L

LLK3K400L

LLK3K600L

LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

Model 586 Trip Unit

17/30 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-111, 17/32

 Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for

accessory combinations.

b Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.

‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).

‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open). External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBL1

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Left Pocket Only AMBL2

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch Right Pocket Only AMBL3

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

1 Alarm Switch

1A/Bc Left, Rightb ASKL1

Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

2 Aux. Switches

1A + 1B Left, Right ASKL2

Bases AMBL1

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches

1A + 1B, 1A/Bc Left, Rightb ASKL3

Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3

Undervoltage Release

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

12 VDC UVRLA12DC

24 VDC UVRLB24DC

48 VDC UVRLC48DC

60 VDC UVRLG60DC

110-127 VDC UVRLD125DC

220-250 VDC UVRLE250DC

24 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRLL24

110-127 VAC UVRLN120

220-240 VAC UVRLR240

208 VAC UVRLP208

277 VAC UVRLS277

380-415 VAC UVRLT415

440-480 VAC UVRLU480

Shunt Trips

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

24 VDC STRLB24DC

48-60 VDC STRLC60DC

110-127 VDC STRLD125DC

220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only STRLE250DC

48-60 VAC STRLM60

110-127 VAC STRLN120

208-277 VAC STRLS277

380-600 VAC STRLV600

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only

Common to DG - PG Frames

Description Catalog Number

1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA

1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames

Selection

17/31

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-112, 17/33

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker

A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and

standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard

connectors.

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as

separate items.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For

non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number

to “X” for standard breakers.

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd

character of the catalog number to ”Y“.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

HACR rated. Number To Handle

of Poles Width Length Depth D1

2, 3 7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (119) 5.9 (151)

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Complete

Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker

2, 3 31.3 (14.2) 4.0 (1.8) 35.3 (16.0)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Interrupting Ratings

Connectors for 75°C Wire



Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.

b

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

c

Consists of one terminal.

d

Includes extended terminal cover.

e

Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

600 3000 6000

700 3250 6500

800 3250 6500

MG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Number

Aluminum 200-800A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG500b

Aluminum 200-800A 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 2 3TA2MG750b

Copper 200-800A 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 3 TC3MG500ce

Aluminum 200-800A #2–600 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3MG600bd

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480 600 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

N NMG 65 35 25 22 35 65 65 50 50 20 10

H HMG 100 65 35 25 50 100 75 70 70 30 15

L LMG 200 100 50 42 65 200 150 100 75 35 17

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Frame, VL Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/32 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-113, 17/34

NMG2F800 HMG2F800 LMG2F800

MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

600 NMG2B600L HMG2B600L LMG2B600L CMT2B600

700 NMG2B700L HMG2B700L LMG2B700L CMT2B700

800 NMG2B800L HMG2B800L LMG2B800L CMT2B800

NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Model 525 Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

600 NMG3B600L HMG3B600L LMG3B600L CMT3B600

700 NMG3B700L HMG3B700L LMG3B700L CMT3B700

800 NMG3B800L HMG3B800L LMG3B800L CMT3B800

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

17/33

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-114, 17/35

Model 555 Trip Units

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

600 NMG3A600L HMG3A600L LMG3A600L CMT3A600

800 NMG3A800L HMG3A800L LMG3A800L CMT3A800

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

600 NMG3G600L HMG3G600L LMG3G600L CMT3G600

800 NMG3G800L HMG3G800L LMG3G800L CMT3G800

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

600 NMG3K600L HMG3K600L LMG3K600L CMT3K600

800 NMG3K800L HMG3K800L LMG3K800L CMT3K800

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800

MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

600 NMG3R600L HMG3R600L LMG3R600L CMT3R600

800 NMG3R800L HMG3R800L LMG3R800L CMT3R800

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

600 NMG3T600L HMG3T600L LMG3T600L CMT3T600

800 NMG3T800L HMG3T800L LMG3T800L CMT3T800

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

600 NMG3V600L HMG3V600L LMG3V600L CMT3V600

800 NMG3V800L HMG3V800L LMG3V800L CMT3V800

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

600 NMG3W600L HMG3W600L LMG3W600L CMT3W600

800 NMG3W800L HMG3W800L LMG3W800L CMT3W800

NMG3F800 HMG3F800 LMG3F800

Model 586 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MG 800A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units

Selection

17/34 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-116, 17/36

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Number To Handle

of Poles W L D D1

2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)

Ordering Information

Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs

A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,

and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete

breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as

separate items.

For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.

For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For

non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number

to “X” for standard breakers.

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd

character of the catalog number to ”Y“.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.

HACR rated.

Interrupting Ratings

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

800 4000 8000

900 5000 10000

1000 5000 10000

1200 7000 12000

NG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Complete

Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker

2, 3 46.3 (21.0) 8.8 (4.0) 55.1 (25.0)



Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load).

b

For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

c

Standard connector provided with complete breakers.

d

Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.

Connectors for 75°C Wire

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per connector Catalog Number

Aluminum 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500cd

Aluminum 300-1200A 500-750 kcmil Al/Cu 3 3TA3NG750d

Copper 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Cu 4 3TC4NG500bd

Aluminum 300-1200A 1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu 4 3TA4NG500Hbd

Compression Lugs

300-1200A 1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu — 12CLN500

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480 600 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

N NNG 65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10

H HNG 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15

L LNG 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Frame, VL Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/35

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-117, 17/37

NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

AmpsAmps

40 C

TM ~

n

I

=

Trip Unit/Disparador 525

1200A

Model 525 Trip Unit

NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

800 NNG3B800L HNG3B800L LNG3B800L CNT3B800

900 NNG3B900L HNG3B900L LNG3B900L CNT3B900

1000 NNG3B100L HNG3B100L LNG3B100L CNT3B100

1200 NNG3B120L HNG3B120L LNG3B120L CNT3B120

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

800 NNG2B800L HNG2B800L LNG2B800L CNT2B800

900 NNG2B900L HNG2B900L LNG2B900L CNT2B900

1000 NNG2B100L HNG2B100L LNG2B100L CNT2B100

1200 NNG2B120L HNG2B120L LNG2B120L CNT2B120

NNG2F120 HNG2F120 LNG2F120

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection

17/36 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-118, 17/38

Model 555 Trip Units

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

800 NNG3R800L HNG3R800L LNG3R800L CNT3R800

1000 NNG3R100L HNG3R100L LNG3R100L CNT3R100

1200 NNG3R120L HNG3R120L LNG3R120L CNT3R120

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

800 NNG3T800L HNG3T800L LNG3T800L CNT3T800

1000 NNG3T100L HNG3T100L LNG3T100L CNT3T100

1200 NNG3T120L HNG3T120L LNG3T120L CNT3T120

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

800 NNG3V800L HNG3V800L LNG3V800L CNT3V800

1000 NNG3V100L HNG3V100L LNG3V100L CNT3V100

1200 NNG3V120L HNG3V120L LNG3V120L CNT3V120

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

800 NNG3W800L HNG3W800L LNG3W800L CNT3W800

1000 NNG3W100L HNG3W100L LNG3W100L CNT3W100

1200 NNG3W120L HNG3W120L LNG3W120L CNT3W120

NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

NNG3F120 HNG3F120 LNG3F120

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

800 NNG3A800L HNG3A800L LNG3A800L CNT3A800

1000 NNG3A100L HNG3A100L LNG3A100L CNT3A100

1200 NNG3A120L HNG3A120L LNG3A120L CNT3A120

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

800 NNG3G800L HNG3G800L LNG3G800L CNT3G800

1000 NNG3G100L HNG3G100L LNG3G100L CNT3G100

1200 NNG3G120L HNG3G120L LNG3G120L CNT3G120

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

800 NNG3K800L HNG3K800L LNG3K800L CNT3K800

1000 NNG3K100L HNG3K100L LNG3K100L CNT3K100

1200 NNG3K120L HNG3K120L LNG3K120L CNT3K120

Model 586 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units

Selection

17/37

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-120, 17/39

Ordering Information

A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only.

The connectors must be ordered as separate items.

PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only.

For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as

separate items.

Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting

Base and must be ordered as a seperate item.

For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only.

For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.

Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip

breakers.

For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd

character of the catalog number to ”Y“.

For special applications, refer to page 17/62.

Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.

A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.

Dimensions, inches (mm)

Number To Handle

of Poles W L D D1

2, 3 9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)

Complete

Poles Frame Trip Unit Breaker

2, 3 60.2 (27.3) 8.8 (4.0) 69.0 (31.3)

Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)

Interrupting Ratings

Ampere Wire No. of cables

Construction Rating Range per phase Catalog Number

Aluminum 1200-1600A 1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu 6 3TA6PG750c

Aluminum 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 5 TA5P600bd

Aluminum 1200-1600A 600–750 kcmil Al/Cu 4 TA4P750bd

Aluminum 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Al/Cu 6 TA6R600bd

Copper 1200-1600A 300–600 kcmil Cu 5 TC5R600bde

Connectors for 75°C Wire



Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600.

b

Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or MBPG1601.

c

Consists of 3 connectors.

d

Consists of 1 connector.

e Required for

100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity.

Instantaneous

Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)

Amp Rating (In) Min. Max.

1200 7000 12000

1400 7000 12000

1600 7000 12000

PG Thermal-Magnetic,

Instantaneous

Trip Adjustment Range

Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

7000 12000

AMPS

I

i

11000

10000

9000

8000

Amps

40º C

TM ~

n

I

=

Trip Unit/Disparador 525

1600A

Model 525 Trip Unit

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Description Catalog Number

Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600

Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect) MBPG1600

Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect) MBPG1601

Mounting Arrangement

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Continuous Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER

1200 NPX3B120 HPX3B120 LPX3B120

1400 NPX3B140 HPX3B140 LPX3B140

1600 NPX3B160 HPX3B160 LPX3B160

Interrupting

Class

Breaker

Type

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 IEC 60947-2

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60 Hz)

240 480 600 250 500

220/240 380/415 690

ICU ICS ICU ICS ICU ICS

NNPG 65 35 25 22 35 65 35 50 25 20 10

HHPG 100 65 35 25 50 100 50 70 35 30 15

LLPG 200 100 65 42 65 200 100 100 50 35 17

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

Selection/Dimensions

17/38 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-121, 17/40

Model 555 Trip Unit

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

ELECTRONIC LI TRIP

1200 NPG3R120 HPG3R120 LPG3R120 CPT3R120

1600 NPG3R160 HPG3R160 LPG3R160 CPT3R160

ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

1200 NPG3T120 HPG3T120 LPG3T120 CPT3T120

1600 NPG3T160 HPG3T160 LPG3T160 CPT3T160

ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

1200 NPG3V120 HPG3V120 LPG3V120 CPT3V120

1600 NPG3V160 HPG3V160 LPG3V160 CPT3V160

ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP

1200 NPG3W120 HPG3W120 LPG3W120 CPT3W120

1600 NPG3W160 HPG3W160 LPG3W160 CPT3W160

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit

NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160

N-Interrupting Class H-Interrupting Class L-Interrupting Class

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FRAME ONLY

Continuous

Ampere Rating COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIP UNIT ONLY

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP

1200 NPG3A120 HPG3A120 LPG3A120 CPT3A120

1600 NPG3A160 HPG3A160 LPG3A160 CPT3A160

LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP

1200 NPG3G120 HPG3G120 LPG3G120 CPT3G120

1600 NPG3G160 HPG3G160 LPG3G160 CPT3G160

LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY

1200 NPG3K120 HPG3K120 LPG3K120 CPT3K120

1600 NPG3K160 HPG3K160 LPG3K160 CPT3K160

PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit

NPG3F160 HPG3F160 LPG3F160

Model 586 Trip Unit

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units

Selection

17/39

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-122, 17/41

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches

2A + 2B Left Pocket Only ASKP3

Base AMBP2

4 Aux. Switches

2A + 2B Left, Right ASKP4

Base AMBP1

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Left, Right AMBP1

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches Left Pocket Only AMBP2

Undervoltage Release

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

12 VDC UVRPA12DC

24 VDC UVRPB24DC

48 VDC UVRPC48DC

60 VDC UVRPG60DC

110-127 VDC UVRPD125DC

220-250 VDC UVRPE250DC

110-127 VAC Right Pocket Only UVRPN120

220-240 VAC UVRPR240

208 VAC UVRPP208

277 VAC UVRPS277

380-415 VAC UVRPT415

440-480 VAC UVRPU480

Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only

Common to DG-PG Frames

Description Catalog Number

1 Normally Open Contact (1A) ASWPA

1 Normally Closed Contact (1B) ASWPB

 Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.

‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).

‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).

x4

External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57

Shunt Trips

Description Mounting Pocket Catalog Number

24 VDC STRPB24DC

48-60 VDC STRPC60DC

110-127 VDC STRPD125DC

220-250 VDC Right Pocket Only STRPE250DC

48-60 VAC STRPM60

110-127 VAC STRPN120

208-277 VAC STRPS277

380-600 VAC STRPV600

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames

Selection

17/40 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-123, 17/42

General

Typically a molded case switch is used

when a compact load-break switch is

needed for disconnect purposes. The

VL line of molded case switches from

Siemens is made of the same materi-

als and components as the VL circuit

breakers but do not provide overcur-

rent protection. Each molded case

switch has a fixed instantaneous self-

protecting trip element which may

open the switch under high fault condi-

tions.

Application Note

Overcurrent protection must be provid-

ed by an appropriate overcurrent pro-

tective device located upstream from

the molded case switch. Also, the

short-circuit current rating of the

switch is limited to the interrupting rat-

ing of the upstream protective device

or the ratings in the table below,

whichever is less.

Ordering Information

Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers.

All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications.

Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings,

order the lugs separately.

All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified.

The Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available

current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protect-

ed by an appropriate overcurrent protective device.

Molded Case Switch

Maximum

Ampere

Rating / Frame

2-Pole 3-Pole Short-Circuit Current RatingSelf Protective

Instantaneous

OverrideCatalog Number Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V

150A / DG HDR2S150L HDR3S150L 100k 65k 20k 2,500A

250A / FG HFS2S250L HFS3S250L 100k 65k 20k 3,500A

400A / JG HJS2S400 HJS3S400 100k 65k 25k 4,400A

600A / LG HLR2S600 HLR3S600 100k 65k 18k 5,500A

800A / MG HMS2S800 HMS3S800 100k 65k 35k 6,500A

1200A / NG HNS2S120 HNS3S120 100k 65k 35k 12,000A

1600A / PG — HPS3S160 100k 65k 35k 14,000A

Maximum

Ampere

Rating / Frame

3-Pole Short-Circuit Current RatingSelf Protective

Instantaneous

OverrideCatalog Number 240V 480V 600V

250A / FG LFS3S250L 200k 100k 25k 3,500A

400A / JG LJS3S400 200k 100k 25k 4,400A

600A / LG LLR3S600 200k 100k 18k 5,500A

800A / MG LMS3S800 200k 100k 65k 6,500A

1200A / NG LNS3S120 200k 100k 65k 12,000A

1600A / PG LPS3S160 200k 100k 65k 14,000A

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Molded Case Switch

Selection

17/41

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-124, 17/43

General

Protection of Motor Circuits

Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be

used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance trip-

ping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor full-

load current.

The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The

trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted

upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current

for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current.

Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter

Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protec-

tion for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip

setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault

occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead

of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device.

Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National

Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs.

Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters)

Motor Full Trip

Load Amperes Setting (A) Catalog Number 

96-139 1250

115-167 1500

135-194 1750 HJM3L400

154-222 2000

173-250 2250

192-278 2500

154-222 2000

185-267 2400

215-311 2800 HJM3M400

246-356 3200

277-400 3600

308-400b 4000

154-222 2000

185-267 2400

215-311 2800 HLM3J600

246-356 3200

277-400 3600

308-444 4000

212-306 2750

254-367 3300

296-428 3850 HLM3Y600

338-489 4400

381-550 4950

423-600 5500

250-361 3250

292-422 3800

335-483 4350 HMM3M800

385-556 5000

442-638 5740

500-722 6500

385-556 5000

462-667 6000

538-778 7000 HNM3M120

615-889 8000

692-1000 9000

769-1111 10,000

Motor Full Trip

Load Amperes Setting (A) Catalog Number 

35-50 450

42-60 540

48-70 630 HDP3L150L

55-80 720

62-90 810

69-100 900

58-83 750

69-100 900

81-117 1050 HDP3M150L

92-133 1200

104-150 1350

115-150b 1500

96-139 1250

115-150b 1500

135-150b 1750 HDP3H150L

135-150b 2000

135-150b 2250

135-150b 2500

46-67 600

55-80 720

65-93 840 HFM3L250L

74-107 960

83-120 1080

92-133 1200

77-111 1000

92-133 1200

108-156 1400 HFM3M250L

123-178 1600

138-200 1800

154-222 2000

135-194 1750

162-210 2100

188-220 2450 HFM3H250L

215-241 2800

242-250b 3150

242-250b 3500



Motor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs

installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required

lugs separately.

b

These settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed

17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protectors

Selection

17/42 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-124A, 17/44

General

Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable

trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case

Circuit Breakers shown below are for use

in grounded & ungrounded general DC

circuits and ungrounded battery supply

circuits of UPS systems. These breakers

are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and

feature rated interruption levels from

42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in

the table. This family of circuit breakers

is rated from 50 to 1600 Amperes.

Types HDGD through HPGD circuit

breakers are provided with an adjustable

magnetic over-current function located

on the face of the circuit breaker.

Contact Siemens for specific magnetic

over-current values.

To properly use these UL Listed circuit

breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated

interruption level, it is necessary to

connect the terminals of the 3 pole

circuit breaker in a series configuration

as shown in the diagram below.

Types HDGD through HPGD use the

same internal and external accessories

as the standard DG through PG frames

and associated types. Consult the

individual frame section for accessory

information.



Terminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 17/90.

b

Standard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS

applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information.

Frame Type

Continuous

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

(3-pole)

Short-Circuit

Current Rating

600VDCb

DG HDGD

50 HDC3B050 42K

60 HDC3B060 42K

70 HDC3B070 42K

80 HDC3B080 42K

90 HDC3B090 42K

100 HDC3B100 42K

110 HDC3B110 42K

125 HDC3B125 42K

150 HDC3B150 42K

FG HFGD

100 HFC3B100 42K

150 HFC3B150 42K

250 HFC3B250 42K

JG HJGD

250 HJC3B250 65K

300 HJC3B300 65K

350 HJC3B350 65K

400 HJC3B400 65K

LG HLGD 400 HLC3B400 65K

600 HLC3B600 65K

MG HMGD

600 HMC3B600 65K

700 HMC3B700 65K

800 HMC3B800 65K

NG HNGD

800 HNC3B800 65K

900 HNC3B900 65K

1000 HNC3B100 65K

1200 HNC3B120 65K

PG HPGD

1200 HPC3B120 65K

1400 HPC3B140 65K

1600 HPC3B160 65K

+–

LOAD

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers

Selection

17/43

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-125, 17/45

17 Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525)

18 Electronic Trip Unit (555)

19 Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586)

20 Communication Module with ZSI

21 Electronic Trip Unit Tester and

LCD Power Supply

9 Cover Frame for Door Cutout

10 Stored Energy Operator

11 Rotary Handle Operator

12 Variable Depth Rotary Operator

13 Max Flex Operator

14 Circuit Breaker

15 Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases

16 Auxiliary/Alarm Switches

1 Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out

2 Interphase Barriers

3 Rear Terminals – Flat and Round

4 Bus Extensions

5 Terminal Connectors

6 Plug-In Terminal Blades

7 Extended Terminal Shield

8 Standard Terminal Shield

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Selection

17/44 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-126, 17/46

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

 During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens.

For DG to FG Frame For JG to LG Frame

150 to 250 A 400 A to 600 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit

Fixed depth and the handle is mounted

directly on the circuit breaker.

Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks).

NEMA 1, 12 RHFF RHFL

Red Handle Version

with red knob, yellow indicator plate

NEMA 1, 12 RHFFEM RHFLEM

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit

Variable depth, door mounted handle.

Includes knob with masking frame,

indicator plate, detachable door coupling,

12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary

operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3

padlocks).

NEMA 1, 12 RHVF12 RHVL12

Auxiliary Switch Kits

For Direct or Extended Rotary

Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).

Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit 

Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire

For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA1

For Through-Door Operator RHSFA1F RHSLA1F

Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire

For Door-Mounted Operator — — RHSLA2

For Through-Door Operator RHSFA2F RHSLA2F

Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism

Breaker mechanism only RHVFBM RHVLBM

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only

Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVM12H

NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVM3RH

NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVM4XH

Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVMEMH

NFPA-79 Handle Kit

Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance

with door-mounted rotary operator RHVF79H RHVM79H

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator

2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 RHVMS02

3 inches (76.2mm) — — — —

12 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS12 RHVMS12

16 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS16 RHVMS16

24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVMS24

17/45

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-127, 17/47

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame

800 A 1200 to 1600 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit

Fixed depth, breaker mounted.

For direct fitting to the circuit breaker.

Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.

NEMA 1, 12 RHFM — — —

Red Handle version

with red knob, yellow indicator plate

NEMA 1, 12 — — — —

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit

Variable depth, door mounted handle.

Includes knob with masking frame,

indicator plate, detachable door coupling,

12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary

operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3

padlocks).

NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12 — —

Auxiliary Switch Kits

For Direct or Extended Rotary

Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).

Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit

Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire

For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA1 RHSPA1

For Through-Door Operator — — — —

Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire

For Door-Mounted Operator RHSMA2 RHSPA2

For Through-Door Operator — — — —

Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism

Breaker mechanism only RHVMBM RHVPBM

Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only

Standard version NEMA 1, 12 RHVM12H RHVP3RH

NEMA 3R RHVM3RH RHVP3RH

NEMA 4X RHVM4XH RHVP4XH

Red Handle version RHVMEMH RHVPEMH

NFPA-79 Handle Kit

Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance

with door-mounted rotary operator RHVM79H RHVP79H

Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator

2 inches (50.8mm) RHVMS02 — —

3 inches (76.2mm) — — RHVPS03

12 inches (304.8 mm) RHVMS12 RHVPS12

16 inches (406.4 mm) RHVMS16 — —

24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket RHVMS24 RHVPS24

17/46 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-128, 17/48

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

 Max-Flex™

handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.

The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.

b

During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.

For DG and FG Frame For JG and LG Frame

150 to 250 A 400 to 600 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit

Adjustable from 8” to 16”

Complete kit, includes handle and

variable depth operator.

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3R FHVL3R

NEMA 4X FHVF4X FHVL4X

IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 FHVF3RB FHVL3RB

NEMA 4X FHVF4XB FHVL4XB

Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange

Mounted Operator Kit

Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker

operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKF3R MFKL3R

For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,

all others are 48”

May be right- or left-hand mounted

Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R MFHM3R

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHM3RS

NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHM4X

Solid color (all gray) Plastic



NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB MFHM3RB

Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated



NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHM3RSB

Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™ MFMF MFML

Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth

36” MFCF036 MFCM036

48” MFCF048 MFCM048

60” MFCF060 MFCM060

72” MFCF072 MFCM072

84” MFCF084 MFCM084

96” MFCF096 MFCM096

120” MFCF120 MFCM120

144” MFCF144 MFCM144

Handle Auxiliary Switch

Form C (1NO - 1NC), early break

b

1 Aux. switch MFSFA1 MFSLA1

2 Aux. switch MFSFA2 MFSLA2

17/47

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-129, 17/49

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

 Max-Flex™

handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.

The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.

b

During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.

For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit

Adjustable from 8” to 16”

Complete kit, includes handle and

variable depth operator.

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 — —

NEMA 4X — —

IEC Black Handle NEMA 1, 3R, 12 — —

NEMA 4X — —

Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange

Mounted Operator Kit

Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker

operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFKM3R MFKP3RS MFKP3RS

For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,

all others are 48”

May be right- or left-hand mounted

Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Plastic MFHM3R — —

NEMA 1, 3R, 12 Steel - epoxy coated MFHM3RS MFHP3RS MFHP3RS

NEMA 4, 4X Steel - chrome plated MFHM4X MFHP4X MFHP4X

Solid color (all gray) Plastic



NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RB — —

Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coated



NEMA 1, 3R, 12 MFHM3RSB MFHP3RSB MFHP3RSB

Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™ MFMM MFMP MFMP

Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth

36” MFCM036 — —

48” MFCM048 MFCP048 MFCP048

60” MFCM060 MFCP060 MFCP060

72” MFCM072 MFCP072 MFCP072

84” MFCM084 MFCP084 MFCP084

96” MFCM096 MFCP096 MFCP096

120” MFCM120 MFCP120 MFCP120

144” MFCM144 MFCP144 MFCP144

Handle Auxiliary Switch

Form C (1NO - 1NC), early break

b

1 Aux. switch MFSPA1 MFSPA1 MFSPA1

2 Aux. switch MFSPA2 MFSPA2 MFSPA2

17/48 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-130, 17/50

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

 Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base.

b Up to 2 plugs per breaker (16 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted

on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers.

For DG to FG Frame

150 to 250 A

Description Catalog Number

Stored Energy and Motor Operators

Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.

AC Voltage DC Voltage Stored Energy Type

— 24 SEAFB

42-48 42-48 SEAFM

60 60 SEAFY

110–127 110–127 SEAFN

220–250 220–250 SEAFR

Cylinder Locks for Field Installation CLKF

For DG Frame For FG Frame

150 A 250 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly

Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip

interlock, and mounting hardware.

Rear Connected

3-pole PCBDRC3 PCBFRC3

Front Connected

3-pole PCBDFC3 PCBFFC3

Draw-out Assembly

Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip

interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields.

Rear Connected

3-pole DCADRC3 DCAFRC3

Front Connected

3-pole DCADFC3 DCAFFC3

(Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware)

Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator DCHP DCHP

Position Indicator Switch DCIP DCIP

Form “C” switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged

position.

Secondary Terminal Block Assy. PCTF83 PCTF83

Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug

and block with 8 terminal points.b

Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit PCXD3 PCXF3

Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & 1 trip interlock

Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit DCXD3 DCXF3

Set of 6 terminal blades, & 1 trip interlock

Spare Breaker Trip Interlock PCXFT PCXFT

Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases

17/49

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-131, 17/51

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Operating Mechanisms

Selection

For JG to LG Frame For MG Frame For NG to PG Frame

400 to 600 A 800 A 1200 to 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

Stored Energy Type Stored Energy Type Motor Operator Type

SEALB SEAMB MTRPB

SEALM SEAMM MTRPM

SEALY SEAMY MTRPY

SEALN SEAMN MTRPN

SEALR SEAMR MTRPR

CLKP CLKP CLKP

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

PCBJRC3 PCBLRC3 PCBMRC3 PCBNRC3 —

PCBJFC3 PCBLFC3 — — —

DCAJRC3 DCALRC3 DCAMRC3 DCANRC3 —

DCAJFC3 DCALFC3 DCAMFC3 DCANFC3 —

DCHP DCHP DCHP DCHP —

DCIP DCIP DCIP DCIP —

PCTL83 PCTL83 PCTM83 PCTN83 —

PCXJ3 PCXL3 PCXM3 PCXN3 —

DCXJ3 DCXL3 DCXM3 DCXN3 —

PCXLT PCXLT PCXMT PCXPT —

Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases

17/50 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-132, 17/52

For DG Frame For FG Frame

150 A 250 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Front Bus Bar Connections

Includes nut keeper plates and shield.

Standard (straight)

3-Pole Set FBCD3 FBCF3

Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit — —

Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields — —

100% rated applications

Rear-Connecting Studs

Short length round term. (1piece) RTLDSR RTLFSR

Long length round term. (1piece) RTLDLR RTLFLR

3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + 1 long SRTDR3 SRTFR3

Short length flat term. (1piece) RTLDSF RTLFSF

Long length flat term. (1piece) RTLDLF RTLFLF

3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + 1 long SRTDF3 SRTFF3

Flat bus bar type (1 piece) — —

3-Pole set of flat bus bar — —

Terminal Shields

Includes 2 terminal shields.

3-Pole Standard Shield TSSF3 TSSF3

3-Pole Extended Shield TSLF3 TSLF3

Interphase Barriers

Set of 2 barriers IPBF IPBF

Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases.

Lug Mounting Assy. — —

Breaker Mounting Base

Front connected — —

Rear connected — —

Standard 3-Pole Set

Flat Terminal

Terminal Shields

Interphase Barriers

Round Terminal

Flat Bus Bar

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections

Selection

17/51

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-133, 17/53

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

FBCJ3 FBCL3 FBCM3

— — — SSBP SSBP

SSBPH SSBPH

RTLJSR — — — —

RTLJLR — — — —

SRTJR3 — — — —

RTLJSF — — — —

RTLJLF — — — —

SRTJF3 — — — —

— RTLLSF RTLMSF RTLNSF —

— SRTLF3 SRTMF3 SRTNF3 —

TSSL3 TSSL3



TSSM3 TSSP3 TSSP3

TSLL3 TSLL3



TSLM3 TSLP3 TSLP3

IPBM IPBM IPBM IPBP IPBP

— — — — LMAP1600

b

— — — — MBPG1600

— — — — MBPG1601

 Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard

Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for bus-

bar connection.

b Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only.

Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections

Selection

17/52 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-134, 17/54

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections

Selection

For DG Frame For FG Frame

150 A 250 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Nut Keeper Plates

For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections.

(For metric threads on other than the JG frame,

change ”TNK” to ”TMK”)

1 Nut Keeper Plate TNKD TNKF

Kit of 3 TNKD3 TNKF3

Mechanical Lugs

Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only)

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #8-1/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole

Single Lug TW1DG20 TW1FG350

Kit of 3 3TW1DG20 3TW1FG350

Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire)

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole

Single Lug TA1DG30 TAW1FG350

Kit of 2 — —

Kit of 3 3TA1DG30 3TAW1FG350

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — —

Single Lug — —

Kit of 2 — —

Kit of 3 — —

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — —

Single Lug — —

— —

Copper Body (Cu Wire Only)

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #6-3/0; 1-hole #4-350 kcmil; 1-hole

Single Lug TC1DG30 TCW1FG350

Kit of 2 — —

Kit of 3 3TC1DG30 3TCW1FG350

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — —

Single Lug — —

Compression Lugs

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-2/0; 1-cable #4-350 kcmil; 1-cable

Kit of 2 2CLD20 —

Kit of 3 3CLD20 3CLF350

Cable Size; (cables per phase) —

Kit of 2 —

Kit of 3 — —

Cable Size; (cables per phase) — —

Kit of 3 — —

Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only) #14-#1; 2-hole and

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#2; 3-hole #14-2/0; 1-hole

Single Lug TA3DG02 TA3FG20

Kit of 3 3TA3DG02 3TA3FG20

Cable Size; (cables per phase) #14-#4; 6-hole #14-#4; 6-hole

Single Lug TA6DG04 TA6FG04

Kit of 3 3TA6DG04 3TA6FG04

Control Wire Terminals

Control Wire Terminal (Single) — —

Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3) — —

Note: pictures provide graphical

representaions only.

 Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable

sized at 75°C ampacity.

17/53

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-135, 17/55

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Connections

Selection

All lug kits include the nut keepers.



Mounted on Load Side Only.

b

Mounted on Line Side Only.

c Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable

sized at 75°C ampacity.

d

Requires extended modified shield.

e

Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base.

f Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting

base

.

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

TMKJ TNKL TNKM TNKP TNKP

TMKJ3 TNKL3 TNKM3 TNKP3 TNKP3

metric only

1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole — — — —

TW1JG600 — — — —

3TW1JG600 — — — —

3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole 1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole

TA2JG250 — TA3MG500 — —

— — 3TA3MG500 2TA4NG500 —

—

3TA2JG250 3TA2LG600LD



3TA4NG500 3TA6PG750

e

3TA2LG600LN

b

3TA4NG500H

c

AL: 250-750 kcmil AL: 250-750 kcmil

CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole 500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole 500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole 600-750 kcmil; 4-hole

TA1JG750 TA1JG750 (400A max) TA2MG750 — TA4P750

f

— — — 2TA3NG750

3TA1JG750 3TA1JG750 (400A max) 3TA2MG750 3TA3NG750 —

— — #2-600 kcmil; 3-hole 300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole

— — — TA5P600

f

TA6R600

f

— — 3TA3MG600

d

(Kit of 3) — —

3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole #2-600 kcmil; 2-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole —

TC2JG250c — TC3MG500c — —

— — — — —

—

— 3TC2LG600LDc — 3TC4NG500c —

3TC2LG600LNbc

3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole — — — 300-600 kcmil; 5-hole

TC1JG750c — — — TC5R600c

f

#6-350 kcmil; 1-cable #6-350 kcmil; 2-cable 1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable —

— — — — —

3CLJ350 6CLL350 (kit of 6) — 12CLN500 (kit of 12) —

250-600 kcmil; 1-cable 250-750 kcmil; 1-cable — — —

3CLJ600 3CLL750 — — —

— — — — —

250-750 kcmil; 1-cable 250-600 kcmil; 2-cable

3CLJG750 6CLL600 (kit of 6) — — —

— — — — —

#14-#4; 12-hole — — — —

TA12JG04 — — — —

3TA12JG04 — — — —

#14-2/0; 6-hole — — — —

TA6JG20 — — — —

3TA6JG20 — — — —

TA2JG250PT — TA3MG500PT — —

— 3TA2LG600LNPT — 3TA4NG500PT —

17/54 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-136, 17/56

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General

Selection

For DG Frame For FG Frame

150 A 250 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Handle Padlocking Device HPLF HPLF

To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up

to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles.

Handle Blocking Device HBDF HBDF

For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a

lockout/tagout device.

Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism

Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent

circuit breakers.

Fixed mounted breakers WBMFFM WBMFFM

Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size.

Cable Interlock Mechanism

Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers -

includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only. CBTF CBTF

Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible.

Interlock Cable

Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers.

Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A) CBCF18 CBCF18

Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A) CBCM36 CBCM36

Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommended from 1200–1600A) CBCP54 CBCP54

Mounting Screw Kit

Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the

user’s prepared surface

Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread) MSKF2 MSKF2

Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread) MSKF4 MSKF4

Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover

Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment

of trip settings. Seal not included.

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units TSCFTM TSCFTM

Handle Padlocking

Device

Walking-Beam

Interlock Mechanism

Cable Interlock

System

17/55

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-137, 17/57

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

General

Selection

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

HPLL HPLL HPLM HPLP HPLP

HBDL HBDL HBDM HBDP HBDP

WBMLFM WBMLFM WBMMFM WBMPFM WBMPFM

CBTL CBTL CBTM CBTP CBTP

— — — — —

CBCM36 CBCM36 CBCM36 — —

CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54 CBCP54

— — — — —

MSKL4 MSKL4 MSKM4 MSKP4 MSKP4

TSCLTM TSCLTM TSCMTM — —

17/56 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-138, 17/58

For DG Frame For FG Frame

150 A 250 A

Description Catalog Number Catalog Number

Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole)

Neutral = 35/60A NGSD060 —

Neutral = 100A NGSF100 NGSF100

Neutral = 150A NGSF150 NGSF150

Neutral = 250A — NGSJ250

Neutral = 400A — —

Neutral = 600A — —

Neutral = 800A — —

Neutral = 1000/1200A — —

Neutral = 1600A — —

Com20 Profibus

& Com21 Modbus

Communications

Module

Cover Frame for

Door Cutout

Toggle Handle

Extension

Power Stick

Spare Flat

Cable

Communications & Electronics

Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply

for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip test-

ing for both 555 & 586 trip units.

EPSP18V EPSP18V

Spare flat cable for Power Stick. COMPCA COMPCA

COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for

electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMPRO20 COMPRO20

COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for

electronic trip units (order cable separately) COMMOD21 COMMOD21

Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft) COMKIT3 COMKIT3

Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft) COMKIT6 COMKIT6

Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a

PC by plugging into COM20/21 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000

Cover Frame for Door Cutout

For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30)

2-Pole & 3-Pole BZLF3 BZLF3

For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40) BZLFRHSE BZLFRHSE

Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated.

Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40)

(not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator) BZLFBDC BZLFBDC

Toggle Handle Extension — —

For spare or replacement. (One is included with each

NG - PG frame.)

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories

Selection

Door Cutouts & Extensions

17/57

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-139, 17/59

For JG Frame For LG Frame For MG Frame For NG Frame For PG Frame

400 A 600 A 800 A 1200 A 1600 A

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

— — — — —

NGSJ250 — — — —

NGSL400 NGSL400 — — —

— NGSM600 NGSM600 — —

— — NGSN800 NGSN800 —

— — — NGSP120 NGSP120

— — — — NGSP160

EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V EPSP18V

COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA COMPCA

COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20 COMPRO20

COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21 COMMOD21

COMKIT4 COMKIT4 COMKIT5 COMKIT5 COMKIT5

COMKIT7 COMKIT7 COMKIT8 COMKIT8 COMKIT8

3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000 3UF79100AA000

BZLL3 BZLL3 BZLM3 BZLP3 BZLP3

BZLLRHSE BZLLRHSE BZLMRHSE BZLPRHSE BZLPRHSE

BZLLBDC BZLLBDC BZLMBDC BZLPBDC BZLPBDC

THEL THEL THEM THEP THEP

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories

Door Cutouts & Extensions

Selection

17/58 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-140, 17/60

Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories

Frame Family Left Pocket Right Pocket

Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches

DG*, FG*, JG, LG or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch

150 to 600A Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches

or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch

Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches

MG, NG, PG

800 to 1600A Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches

Accessory Information

▪ Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A

or 1B contact

▪ Alarm Switch has 1A or 1B contact

▪ UVR is an Undervoltage Release

▪ The standard location for factory

mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches

is the Left Pocket

Accessory Maximums

DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories:

▪ Maximum of six (6) switches total

▪ DG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm

Switches, one each in the Left and

Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm,

Left only

MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories:

▪ Maximum of eight (8) switches total

▪ Maximum of two (2) Alarm Switches,

Left Pocket only

* Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories.

DG, FG

COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary

contact kit. May add only one or two

contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary

function.

JG, LG

COMKIT4 & COMKIT7 provide auxiliary

contact kit mounted in left pole pocket.

One contact block can be added for

Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket

available for other release or an addi-

tional Auxiliary contact kit.

For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for

communication using Modbus or Profibus

MG, NG, PG

COMKIT5 & COMKIT8 provide auxiliary

contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket.

Two contact blocks can be added for

Auxiliary function and one for Alarm

function. Right pole pocket available for

other release or an additional Auxiliary

Contact kit.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessory Locations

Selection

17/59

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-141, 17/61

Then add Device

If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number

1 Alarm Switch

DG, FG, JG or LG 1 NO Alarm A1 ASKL1

1 NC Alarm

DG, FG, JG or LG 2 Aux. Switches A2 ASKL2

1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts

2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches

DG, FG, JG or LG 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm A3 ASKL3

2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm

2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches

MG, NG or PG 1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm A3 ASKP3

2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm

2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm

MG, NG or PG 4 Aux. Switches A4 ASKP4

2NO + 2NC Aux.

Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips

Then add Device

If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number

24V DC RB STRLB24DC

48-60V DC RC STRLC60DC

110-127V DC RD STRLD125DC

DG, FG, JG or LG 220-250V DC RE STRLE250DC

48-60V AC RM STRLM60

110-127V AC RN STRLN120

208-277V AC RS STRLS277

380-600V AC RV STRLV600

24V DC RB STRPB24DC

48-60V DC RC STRPC60DC

110-127V DC RD STRPD125DC

MG, NG or PG 220-250V DC RE STRPE250DC

48-60V AC RM STRPM60

110-127V AC RN STRPN120

208-277V AC RS STRPS277

380-600V AC RV STRPV600

Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases

Then add Device

If the frame is: And you need these functions: this suffix: Catalog Number

12V DC UA UVRLA12DC

24V DC UB UVRLB24DC

48V DC UC UVRLC48DC

60V DC UG UVRLG60DC

110-127V DC UD UVRLD125DC

220-250V DC UE UVRLE250DC

DG, FG, JG or LG 24V AC UL UVRLL24

110-127V AC UN UVRLN120

220-240V AC UR UVRLR240

208V AC UP UVRLP208

277V AC US UVRLS277

380-415V AC UT UVRLT415

440-480V AC UU UVRLU480

12V DC UA UVRPA12DC

24V DC UB UVRPB24DC

48V DC UC UVRPC48DC

60V DC UG UVRPG60DC

110-127V DC UD UVRPD125DC

220-250V DC UE UVRPE250DC

MG, NG or PG 110-127V AC UN UVRPN120

220-240V AC UR UVRPR240

208V AC UP UVRPP208

277V AC US UVRPS277

380-415V AC UT UVRPT415

440-480V AC UU UVRPU480

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Selection

17/60 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-142, 17/62

DG FG JG LG MG NG PG

Max rated continuous current 150 250 400 600 800 1200 1600

Rated operational voltage

NEMA V AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

IEC V AC 690 690 690 690 690 690 690

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage

Main conducting paths kV 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

Auxiliary circuits kV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Ambient Temperature Range ºC -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -25 to +75

High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.) 50ºC 93% 93% 93% 93% 95% 95% 95%

60ºC 86% 86% 86% 86% 86% 86% 80%

70ºC 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 80% 74%

Operating Cycles 20,000 20,000 20,000 10,000 5,000 3,000 3,000

Max switching rate (per hour) 120 120 120 60 60 30 30

Power loss (at max. rated current)

Thermal-magnetic W 15 – 48 32 – 80 60 – 175 85 – 230 170 – 250 150 – 220 200 – 260

Electronic trip unit W 40 60 90 160 250 210 260

IEC 1

Time constant t = 10 ms

1 current path 2 current paths 3 current paths

in series in series

Up to 250V DC 440V DC 600V DC

— — — — — — —

NEMA

Time constant t = 8 ms

2 poles switching 1 current path

250V DC Max.

2 30 30 30 30 42 42 42

3 poles switching 2 current paths in series

500V DC Max.

2 18 25 35 35 65 65 65

Accessories

Auxiliary/ Alarm Switch

Current rating (1 or 2 switches) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Current rating (3 or 4 same switch) A 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Shunt Trip

Pick-up voltage V 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1 0.7 – 1.1

Power Consumption (short-time) at:

48 – 60 V AC VA 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501 401 – 501

110 – 127 V AC VA 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489 424 – 489

208 – 277 V AC VA 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736 533 – 736

380 – 600 V AC VA 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645 408 – 645

24 V DC W 594 594 594 594 594 594 594

48 – 60 V DC W 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925 740 – 925

110 –127 V DC W 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648 559 – 648

220 – 250 V DC W 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820 722 – 820

Max. Operating time ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

1 Consult Siemens for short circuit values.

2 Review individual frame and type values.

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Technical Data

Selection

17/61

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-143, 17/63

DG FG JG LG MG NG PG

Undervoltage Trip

Drop voltage (percentage) V 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70%

Pick-up voltage (percentage) V 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85%

Power consumption (continuous) at:

110 – 127 V AC VA 1 1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1

220 – 250 V AC VA 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1

208 V AC VA 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

277 V AC VA 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

380 – 415 V AC VA 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9

440 – 480 V AC VA 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2

500 – 525 V AC VA 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

600 V AC VA 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8

Max. opening time ms 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Motorized Operating Mechanism

Motor with stored energy mechanism

(synchronizable) X X X X

Motor Operator X X X

Max. switching rate (per hour) 120 120 120 60 60 30 30

Command duration ms 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 20 – 50 — —

Closing time ms <100 <100 <100 <100 <100 <5,000 <5,000

Charging time s <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

Break time s <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

Power consumption VA/W <500

Inrush (A)

Control Voltages 110 – 127 V AC

220 – 250 V AC

24 V DC

48 V DC

60 V DC

Operating Range 85 – 110% of rated control voltage

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Technical Data

Selection

17/62 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-144, 17/64

Note: The information provided on

this and the next page is intended for

reference and recommendation only.

Because several variables can act on

a circuit breaker’s performance at the

same time, the data below is based less

on controlled testing, than on experi-

ence and engineering judgment. Contact

Siemens for further information on

special conditions and treatment.

High Ambient Temperatures

Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers

are temperature sensitive and calibrated

for a specific ambient of 40° C (104°

F) (average enclosure temperature), a

higher ambient will cause the breaker

to trip at lower current than its name-

plate rating, in other words, causing

the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).

Similarly, the current carrying capacity

of a circuit conductor is based upon a

certain ambient temperature, a higher

ambient will reduce its current carrying

capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,

with a fluctuating temperature, a ther-

mal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly

parallel with its connected circuit con-

ductors and maintain close circuit pro-

tection. If the application temperature

exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,

either a breaker specially calibrated for

the higher ambient or one oversized

according to Table 1 may be selected.

In a case such as this, the circuit con-

ductors should be oversized as well.

Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers

are insensitive to temperature changes.

However, they do include circuitry to

protect the components from abnor-

mally high temperatures.

Altitude

Reduced air density at altitudes greater

than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the

ability of a molded case circuit breaker

to transfer heat and interrupt faults.

Therefore, circuit breakers applied at

these altitudes should have interrupt-

ing, insulation and continuous currents

derated as indicated in Figure 1.

Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment

Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers

Reference Ampere

Rating at

40° C (104° F)

Ampere Rating at:

Siemens Breaker Frames

25° C

(77° F)

50°C

(122° F)

60° C

(140° F)

50 55 46 42

DG

60 66 56 52

70 77 65 60

90 99 84 78

100 110 94 87

FG

125 137 114 100

150 165 136 120

175 192 159 140

200 220 182 160

225 247 205 180

JG

250 275 235 220

300 330 276 252

350 385 325 301

400 440 372 340

LG

500 550 468 435

600 660 564 525

MG

700 770 658 613

800 880 754 704

NG

900 990 828 749

1000 1100 900 825

1200 1320 1090 1000

PG

1400 1540 1304 1148

1600 1760 1500 1320

VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions

Reference

17/63

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-34, 17/65

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ED 125A Frame, Sentron Series

Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489

Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 17/104 for

additional information

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

a

CSA Certified only (Not UL)

b

For CED types and all 110–125 ampere ED frames.

cSee Note: A, page 17/101.

dSWD rated.

e HACR rated.

 Not for use with HHED6 breakers.

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6

1 30 38

2 10 25

3 10 38

CED6

2 5 20

3 5 30

Lugs

Ampere No. of Catalog Wire

Rating Poles Number Range

Aluminum Body Lugs

All 15–25A 1, 2, 3 Line/Load #14–#10 Cu

SA1E025 #12–#10 Al

All 30–100A 1, 2, 3 Line Side #10–1/0 Cu/Al

LN1E100

ED2, 4, CED6 1 Load Side #10–#4 Cu/Al

30–60A LD1E060

ED2, 4, CED6 1 Load Side #6–#1/0 Cu/Al

70–100A LD1E100

ED2, 4, 6, Load Side

HED4, HHED6 2, 3 LN1E100 #10–1/0 Cu/Al

30–100A

All 110, 125A 2, 3 Line/Load #3–3/0 Cu

TA1E6125 #1–2/0 Al

Copper Body Lugs

All 30–125A 1, 2, 3 Line/Load #10–1/0 Cu

only

TC1ED6150

c

Compression Lugs

All ED, HHED, CED CCE125 2/0

Type Catalog Number

1 (Surface) E2N1S (15–100A)

1 (Flush) E2N1F (15–100A)

3R E2N3R (15–100A)

4–4X ED6SS4 (15–100A)

7–9 EA (15–60A)

7–9 EB (70–100A)

12 E2N12 (15–100A)

1 (Surface) CED6N1Sb

1 (Flush) CED6N1Fb

3R CED6N3Rb

12 CED6N12b

Enclosures (Neutral Included)

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/65 and 17/108 to 17/113

Ordering Instructions

All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number.

Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge

50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 17/104. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected

Type ED2eBlue Label

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

120V AC 125V DC

125V DC

240V AC 250V DC 240V AC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

015 ED21B015dnED22B015 ED23B015

020 ED21B020dnED22B020 ED23B020

25 ED21B025nED22B025nED23B025n

030 ED21B030nED22B030 ED23B030

35 ED21B035nED22B035nED23B035n

040 ED21B040nED22B040 ED23B040

45 ED21B045nED22B045nED23B045n

050 ED21B050nED22B050 ED23B050

060 ED21B060nED22B060 ED23B060

070 ED21B070nED22B070 ED23B070

80 ED21B080nED22B080nED23B080

90 ED21B090nED22B090nED23B090n

100 ED21B100nED22B100 ED23B100

Type ED4eBlue Label

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

120V AC

277V AC 125V DC

480V AC 250V DC 480V AC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

015 ED41B015d— ED43B015

020 ED41B020dED42B020 ED43B020

025 ED41B025 ED42B025 ED43B025

030 ED41B030 ED42B030 ED43B030

035 ED41B035nED42B035nED43B035

040 ED41B040 ED42B040 ED43B040

045 ED41B045nED42B045nED43B045

050 ED41B050 ED42B050 ED43B050

060 ED41B060 ED42B060 ED43B060

070 ED41B070 ED42B070 ED43B070

080 ED41B080nED42B080nED43B080

090 ED41B090nED42B090nED43B090

100 ED41B100 ED42B100 ED43B100

110 — ED42B110nED43B110

125 — ED42B125 ED43B125

Type ED6eBlue Label

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

1-Polea2-Pole 3-Pole

347V AC

600V AC 250V DC

600V AC 500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

015 ED61B015 — ED63B015

020 ED61B020 ED62B020 ED63B020

025 ED61B025 ED62B025nED63B025

030 ED61B030 ED62B030 ED63B030

035 ED61B035 ED62B035nED63B035

040 ED61B040 ED62B040nED63B040

045 ED61B045nED62B045nED63B045

050 ED61B050 ED62B050nED63B050

060 ED61B060 — ED63B060

070 ED61B070n— ED63B070

080 ED61B080 — ED63B080

090 ED61B090 — ED63B090

100 ED61B100n— ED63B100

110 — — ED63B110

125 — — ED63B125

Selection

Ordering Instructions

17/64 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-35, 17/66

1-POLE 2-POLE 3-POLE

FIGURE1 - ED, HED, HHED

Interrupting Ratings

UL 489 AIR (File #E10848) IEC 947-2

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60Hz)

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 380/415 500

Type 120 240 277 347 480 600 125 250 500b lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs

ED2 (1-P) 010 — — — — — 05 — — — — — — — —

ED2 (2, 3-P) — 010 — — — — — 05 (2-P) — — — — — — —

ED4 (1-P) 065 — 22 — — — 30 — — — — — — — —

ED4 (2, 3-P) — 065 — — 18 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — —

ED6 (1P) — — — 30e — — — — — — — — — — —

ED6 (2, 3-P) — 065 — — 25 18 — 18 (3-P) 65 17 35 9 18 5

HED4 (1-P)

(15–30A) 100 — 65 — — — 30 — — — — — — — —

HED4 (1-P)

(35–100A) 100 — 25 — — — 30 — — — — — — — —

HED4 (2, 3-P)c 100 42 30 (2-P) — — — — — —

HHED6 (2, 3-P) c — 100 — — 0 65 0 18g — — — — — — — — —

CED6 (2, 3-P) — 200 — — 200 100 — 50 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

aSWD rated.

b

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS

systems.

c

HED4 and HHED6 type circuit breakers meet the UL

criteria for “current limiting” at 240V AC.

d

ED6-ETI, CED6-ETI, see page 17/91 for ordering

information.

e Single Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL.

35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL.

f

HACR rated.

g HHED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V.

Breaker Type W1 W2 W3 H D D1

Figure 1

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, 1 2 3 6.35 3.92 4.56

ED6 ETI

d

Figure 1

HHED6 — 2 3 6.53 3.92 4.56

Figure 2

CED6, CED6 ETI

d

— 2 3 9.58 3.92 4.56

Dimensions (in inches)

W1

 

H

 

W2

 

W3

 

D

 

D1

 

FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown)

D1

 

H

 

W2, W3

 

D

 

Type HED4fBlack Label

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

1-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

277V AC 125V DC 480V AC 250V DC 480V AC

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

015 HED41B015aHED42B015 HED43B015

020 HED41B020aHED42B020 HED43B020

25 HED41B025 HED42B025nHED43B025

030 HED41B030 HED42B030 HED43B030

35 HED41B035nHED42B035nHED43B035

040 HED41B040 HED42B040 HED43B040

45 HED41B045nHED42B045nHED43B045

050 HED41B050nHED42B050 HED43B050

060 HED41B060nHED42B060nHED43B060

070 HED41B070nHED42B070nHED43B070

80 HED41B080nHED42B080nHED43B080

90 HED41B090nHED42B090nHED43B090

100 HED41B100nHED42B100nHED43B100

110 — HED42B110nHED43B110

125 — HED42B125nHED43B125

Type HHED6fBlack Label Type CED6fRed Label

Continuous

Current

Rating

@ 40° C

3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

600V AC

600V AC,

250V DC

600V AC,

500V DCb

Catalog NumbergCatalog Number Catalog Number

015 HHED63B015A CED62B015 CED63B015

020 HHED63B020 CED62B020nCED63B020

025 HHED63B025 — —

030 HHED63B030 CED62B030nCED63B030

035 HHED63B035 — —

040 HHED63B040 CED62B040nCED63B040

045 HHED63B045 — —

050 HHED63B050 CED62B050nCED63B050

060 — CED62B060nCED63B060

070 — CED62B070nCED63B070

080 — CED62B080nCED63B080

090 — CED62B090nCED63B090

100 — CED62B100nCED63B100

110 — — CED63B110n

125 — CED62B125nCED63B125

Fuseless Current Limiting

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ED 125A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/65

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-36, 17/67

Equipment

Ground Sensing

A field addable kit containing 30mA or

5 mA ground fault accessory module,

current transformer with 24 inch leads,

and current transformer mounting

equipment. Current transformer to

mount in gutter of lighting panel or

any control panel. Accessory module

operates from separate 120V control

power source.

Both 30MA and 5MA devices are

equipment protection devices only.

Do not use for personnel protection.

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage and 1 Auxiliary 1 Undervoltage 1 Undervoltage

Control 1 Undervoltage Trip and Switch and Trip and Trip and 2

Voltage Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01ED60 U01ED62A U01ED62ABs U01ED62Bs U01ED62AAs

208 U02ED60s U02ED62As U02ED62ABs U02ED62Bs U02ED62AAs

240 U03ED60 U03ED62As U03ED62ABs U03ED62Bs U03ED62AAs

277 U16ED60s U16ED64As U16ED64ABs U16ED64Bs —

480 U06ED60s U06ED64As U06ED64ABs U06ED64Bs —

600 U08ED60s — — — —

024 U13ED60 U13ED62As U13ED62ABs U13ED62Bs U13ED62AAs

048 U14ED60s U14ED62As U14ED62ABs U14ED62Bs U14ED62AAs

125 U10ED60s U10ED62As U10ED62ABs U10ED62Bs U10ED62AAs

250 U12ED60s U12ED62As — — U12ED62AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum 1 Alarm Switch and 1 Alarm Switch and

Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches 2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

240 250 A01ED62 A01ED62B A02ED62 A02ED62B

480 A01ED64 A01ED64B — —

Maximum

Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number

12 A01EDLV Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use

Alarm Switch Only

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

AC DC Catalog Number

240 250 B00ED62

480 B00ED64

Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only

For Use With Number of Catalog Number

Breaker Frame Poles Description 30mA 5mA

CED6, ED2, ED4

Basic Kit GF01ED60 GF01ED65

ED6, EFC, EFF,

Basic Kit with Normally

HED4, HHED6

1, 2, 3 Open Bell Alarm GF01ED60B0 GF01ED65B0s

Basic Kit with Normally

Closed Bell Alarm GF01ED60BC GF01ED65BCs

Accessories for:

ED 125A Frame

Combinations

Available only when ordered together.

Only one module can be added to a

breaker. Additional accessories, which

always attach to the left pole, cannot be

added to the combination later. Adds 1

inch pole space.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Shunt Trip Combinations

1 Shunt Trip

Control 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Shunt Trip and 1 Shunt Trip and 2

Voltage 1 Shunt Trip 1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

024 S17ED60 — — — —

048 S18ED60 — — — —

120 S01ED60 S01ED62A S01ED62AB S01ED62B S01ED62AA

208 — S02ED62As S02ED62ABs S02ED62Bs S02ED62AAs

240 S03ED60 S03ED62A S03ED62AB S03ED62Bs S03ED62AAs

277 S15ED60s S15ED64As S15ED64ABs S15ED64Bs —

480 S04ED60 S04ED64As S04ED64ABs S04ED64Bs —

012 S16ED60s S16ED62As — — —

024 S07ED60 S07ED62A S07ED62ABs S07ED62Bs S07ED62AAs

048 S09ED60s S09ED62As S09ED62ABs S09ED62Bs S09ED62AAs

125 S11ED60s S11ED62As S11ED62ABs S11ED62Bs S11ED62AAs

250 S13ED60s S13ED62As S13ED62ABs S13ED62Bs S13ED62AAs

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Selection

17/66 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-37, 17/68

Interrupting Ratings

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 947-2

Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz)

Breaker 240 480 600 250 500 c 220/240 380/415 500

Type lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs

FXD6-A, FD6-A 65 35 22 30 (2-P) 18 (3-P) 65 33 35 9 — —

HFXD6f, HFD6 f 100 65 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 100 50 65 33 — —

HHFD6f, HHFXD6 f 200 100 25 — — — — — — — —

CFD6 200 200 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/68 and 17/108 to 17/113

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6

breakers includes frame, trip and

both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A).

When ordered by these catalog

numbers, the customer will receive

the frame, trip, and lugs separately

packaged. For applications requiring

different lugs, order individual items

as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled with-

out Lugs

Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6,

and CFD6 includes frame with

non-interchangeable trip unit

installed only. Order required lugs

separately. For line and load lugs

(TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix

“L” to catalog number (add 2 times

list price of lugs for each pole).

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400 Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Lugs For 75°C Wiree

Catalog Wire

Number Range

TA1FD350A #6—350 kcmil Cu

#4—350 kcmil Al

TC1FD350 #6—350 kcmil Cu

Compression Lug

CCF250 350 kcmil Cu/Al

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Type FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse

fed applications.

b

2-pole units are 3-pole width.

c

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS

systems only.

d

Order neutral as separate item.

e

See Note: A, page 17/101.

f

HFD6 and HHFD6 type circuit breakers meet the

UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.

g

HACR rated.

Nominal Instantaneous Values

+20% +20%

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High

170-90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900

100-110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200

125-150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500

175-200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000

225-250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Catalog

Type Number

1 F6N1S(F)

3R F6N3R

4-4X FD6SS4

7-9 EC2

12 F6N12

Neutrald N250

Enclosures

Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

Type FD6-AgBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb

70 FD62B070nFD62T070n

80 FD62B080nFD62T080n

90 FD62B090nFD62T090n

100 FD62B100nFD62T100n

110 FD62B110nFD62T110n

125 FD62B125nFD62F250 FD62T125n

150 FD62B150 FD62T150

175 FD62B175nFD62T175n

200 FD62B200 FD62T200

225 FD62B225nFD62T225n

250 FD62B250nFD62T250n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc

70 FD63B070nFD63T070n

80 FD63B080nFD63T080n

90 FD63B090nFD63T090n

100 FD63B100 FD63T100

110 FD63B110nFD63T110n

125 FD63B125 FD63F250 FD63T125

150 FD63B150 FD63T150

175 FD63B175 FD63T175

200 FD63B200 FD63T200

225 FD63B225 FD63T225

250 FD63B250 FD63T250

Type FXD6-Ag Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole 3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number

70 FXD62B070nFXD63B070

80 FXD62B080nFXD63B080

90 FXD62B090nFXD63B090

100 FXD62B100 FXD63B100

110 FXD62B110nFXD63B110

125 FXD62B125 FXD63B125

150 FXD62B150 FXD63B150

175 FXD62B175 FXD63B175

200 FXD62B200 FXD63B200

225 FXD62B225 FXD63B225

250 FXD62B250 FXD63B250

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Selection

17/67

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-38, 17/69

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker

is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems.

b

For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit

breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6.

Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price

of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of

FD63T250. Order lugs separately.

c

Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse

feed applications.

d

Type HFXD6, HFD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 meet the UL

criteria for “Current Limiting” at 240 VAC and 480V AC.

e

FXD6, ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 17/91 for

ordering information.

f

HACR rated.

Dimensions (in inches)

Breaker D1

Type W L D (to

handle)

Figure 1

FXD6-A, FD6-A,

HFD6, HFXD6, 4.50 09.50 4 5.25

HHFD6, FD6-ETI e

Figure 2

CFD6, 4.50 14.25 4 5.25

CFD6-ETIe

Figure 1 Figure 2



W





D1



 

L

D

 

L



W



D

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A

Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors)

2 1 08.6

3 1 10

FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only

2 1 07.5

3 1 08.7

FD6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 01.1

3 1 01.3

CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals)

3 1 16

Type CFD6-Acf

Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number

070 CFD63B070n

080 CFD63B080n

090 CFD63B090n

100 CFD63B100n

110 CFD63B110n

125 CFD63B125n

150 CFD63B150

175 CFD63B175

200 CFD63B200

225 CFD63B225

250 CFD63B250

Type HFD6, Type HFXD6bcdef Black Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

70 HFD62B070nFD62T070n

80 HFD62B080nFD62T080n

90 HFD62B090nFD62T090n

100 HFD62B100nFD62T100n

110 HFD62B110nFD62T110n

125 HFD62B125nHFD62F250 FD62T125n

150 HFD62B150nFD62T150n

175 HFD62B175nFD62T175n

200 HFD62B200nFD62T200n

225 HFD62B225nFD62T225n

250 HFD62B250nFD62T250n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC

70 HFD63B070nFD63T070n

80 HFD63B080nFD63T080n

90 HFD63B090nFD63T090n

100 HFD63B100 FD63T100

110 HFD63B110nFD63T110n

125 HFD63B125 HFD63F250 FD63T125

150 HFD63B150 FD63T150

175 HFD63B175 FD63T175

200 HFD63B200 FD63T200

225 HFD63B225 FD63T225

250 HFD63B250 FD63T250

Type HHFD, HHFXD6bcdf

3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting

70 HHFD63B070nFD63T070n

80 HHFD63B080nFD63T080n

90 HHFD63B090nFD63T090n

100 HHFD63B100 FD63T100

110 HHFD63B110nFD63T110n

125 HHFD63B125 HHFD63F250 FD63T125

150 HHFD63B150 FD63T150

175 HHFD63B175 FD63T175

200 HHFD63B200 FD63T200

225 HHFD63B225 FD63T225

250 HHFD63B250 FD63T250

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

FD 250A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/68 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-39, 17/70

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Auxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum.

Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new

Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories

cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers.

Accessories:

for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames

Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

AC DC Catalog Number

024 S17FD60

120 S01FD60

240 S03FD60

277 S15FD60s

480 S04FD60

600 S06FD60s

012 S16FD60s

024 S07FD60

048 S09FD60s

125 S11FD60

250 S13FD60s

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01FD60 W01FD64

208 U02FD60sW02FD64s

240 U03FD60 W03FD64s

277 U16FD60sW16FD64s

480 U06FD60sW06FD64s

600 U08FD60s—

024 U13FD60 W13FD64

048 U14FD60sW14FD64s

125 U10FD60sW10FD64s

250 U12FD60sW12FD64s

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Voltage 1 Auxiliary Switch 2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

240 A01FD62 A02FD62

480 A01FD64 A02FD64

12 A01FDLV Gold Plated Contacts -

for PLC use

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 B00FD64 C01FD64

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

Selection

17/69

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-40, 17/71

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Type JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for

reverse feed applications.

b

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS

systems only.

c

See Note: A, page 17/101

d

HHJD6 type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for

“current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.

e

HACR rated.

Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B

“NAVAL.” See page 17/104 for additional information.

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6

breakers include frame, trip and

both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).

When ordered by these catalog

numbers, the customer will receive

the frame, trip, and lugs separately

packaged. For applications

requiring different lugs, order

individual items as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled with-

out Lugs

Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,

and CJD6 include frame with

non-interchangeable trip unit

installed only. Order required lugs

separately. For line and load lugs

(TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L”

to catalog number (add 2 times list

price of lugs for each pole).

100% Rated (3-pole only)

Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers

are available with 100% ratings.

To order add suffix “H” to catalog

number, and 10% to list price.n

100% rated JD breakers require the

use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C

ampacity and lugs TC1J6600

or TC2J6500.

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Interrupting Ratings

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 947-2

Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz)

Breaker (50/60Hz) 220/240 380/415 500

Type 240 480 600 250 500b lcu lcs lcu lcs lcu lcs

JXD2-A 065 — — 30 (2-P) — — — — — — —

JXD6-A, JD6-A 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — —

HJD6-A, HJXD6-A 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — —

HHJD6, HHJXD6d 200 100 050 — — — — — — — —

CJD6-A 200 150 100 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/72 and 17/108 to 17/113

Nominal Instantaneous Values

+20% +20%

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High

200-300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500

350-400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Lugs For 75°C Wirec

Cables

Catalog per Wire

Number Lug Range

TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu

2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al

TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al

1 500-600 kcmil Cu

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu

TC2J6500 1, 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu

Compression Lug

CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al

Type JD6-AeBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

200 JD62B200nJD62T200n

225 JD62B225nJD62T225n

250 JD62B250nJD62F400 JD62T250n

300 JD62B300nJD62T300n

350 JD62B350nJD62T350n

400 JD62B400 JD62T400

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCb

200 JD63B200 JD63T200

225 JD63B225 JD63T225

250 JD63B250 JD63F400 JD63T250

300 JD63B300 JD63T300

350 JD63B350 JD63T350

400 JD63B400 JD63T400

Type JXD2-Ae

240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)

Continuous Current

Rating @ 40°C

2-Pole (3-Pole Width)

Catalog Number

3-Pole

Catalog Number

200 JXD22B200nJXD23B200

225 JXD22B225nJXD23B225

250 JXD22B250nJXD23B250

300 JXD22B300 JXD23B300

350 JXD22B350nJXD23B350

400 JXD22B400 JXD23B400

Type JXD6-Ae

600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC bBlue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)

200 JXD62B200nJXD63B200

225 JXD62B225nJXD63B225

250 JXD62B250nJXD63B250

300 JXD62B300 JXD63B300

350 JXD62B350nJXD63B350

400 JXD62B400 JXD63B400

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JD 400A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/70 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-41, 17/72

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

2-pole units available in 3-pole construction.



When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

b

For non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type

circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6

or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of

trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of

HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs

separately.

c

JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.

d

Type HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for

reverse fed applications.

e

CE applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only.

f

HACR rated.

To

Breaker Handle

Type W L D D1

Figure 1

JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A

HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, 7.5 11 4 5.44

HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,

JXD6-ETI,

c SJD6, SHJD6

Figure 2

CJD6, CJD6-ETI ,

c SCJD6 7.5 17.86 4 5.44

Dimensions (in inches)

Type Catalog Number

1 J6N1

3R J6N3R

12 J6N12

4X LD6SS4

7, 9 (200-250A) EC4

7, 9 (300-400A) EE

Neutral W60992

Enclosures (Except SCJD6)

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6

Assembled Breaker (less terminals)

2 1 17.5

3 1 19.5

JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only

2 1 14

3 1 15.5

JD6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 03.5

3 1 04

CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker

(less terminals)

3 1 31.5

Figure 1 Figure 2



W



 

L

D1

 

D

 

L

D



W



For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-Abdf Black Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

200 HJD62B200nJD62T200n

225 HJD62B225nJD62T225n

250 HJD62B250nHJD62F400nJD62T250n

300 HJD62B300nJD62T300n

350 HJD62B350nJD62T350n

400 HJD62B400nJD62T400

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC



be

200 HJD63B200 JD63T200

225 HJD63B225 JD63T225

250 HJD63B250 HJD63F400 JD63T250

300 HJD63B300 JD63T300

350 HJD63B350 JD63T350

400 HJD63B400 JD63T400

Type HHJD6, HHJXD6bdf Black Label

2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)

200 HHJD62B200nJD62T200n

225 HHJD62B225nJD62T225n

250 HHJD62B250nHHJD62F400nJD62T250n

300 HHJD62B300nJD62T300n

350 HHJD62B350nJD62T350n

400 HHJD62B400nJD62T400

3-Pole 600VAC

200 HHJD63B200 JD63T200

225 HHJD63B225 JD63T225

250 HHJD63B250 HHJD63F400 JD63T250

300 HHJD63B300 JD63T300

350 HHJD63B350 JD63T350

400 HHJD63B400 JD63T400

Type CJD6-A ef

Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

200

For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

CJD63B200n

225 CJD63B225n

250 CJD63B250n

300 CJD63B300n

350 CJD63B350n

400 CJD63B400

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

JD 400A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/71

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-42, 17/73

Short

Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground

Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l2t Fault Fault

Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay

None LI   

G LIG     

NT LSI      

NGT LSIG        

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems.

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)

transformer as separate and additional item.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



For additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.

b

Refer to the NEC for proper application of 100%

rated devices.

Accessories pages 17-72

and

17/108 to 17/113

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions

Ordering Information

Pricing information for all Digital

Sentron Series SJD frames is for

complete breaker only – price

required lugs as separate items –

lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.

SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for

reverse connection application.

SHJD6 are not acceptable for

reverse connection application.

Shipping Weights

Breaker Number per Shipping

Type Carton Weight (lbs)

SJD6-A 1 20

SHJD6-A 1 20

SCJD6-A 1 33

Interrupting Ratings

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

SJD6-A 065 035 025

SHJD6-A 100 065 035

SCJD6-A 200 150 100

No of

Cables

Catalog per Con- Wire

Number nector Range

TA2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu

2 #4/0-500 kcmil Al

TA1L6750 1 500–750 kcmil Al

1 500–600 kcmil Cu

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu

TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu

TA2J630 2 #4–#3/0-Cu/Al

Compression Lug

CCL600 (1 pc.) #1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al

Lugs for 75° C Wire

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

200 N02SJD

300 N03SJD

400 N04SJD

Neutral Transformers

Type SJD6-A

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SJD69200n200

SJD69300n300

SJD69400n400

SJD69200Gn200

SJD69300Gn300

SJD69400Gn400

SJD69200NTn200

SJD69300NTn300

SJD69400NTn400

SJD69200NGTn200

SJD69300NGTn300

SJD69400NGTn400

Type SJD6-A

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SJD69200Hn200

SJD69300Hn300

SJD69400Hn400

SJD69200GHn200

SJD69300GHn300

SJD69400GHn400

SJD69200NTHn200

SJD69300NTHn300

SJD69400NTHn400

SJD69200NGTHn200

SJD69300NGTHn300

SJD69400NGTHn400

Type SHJD6-A

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHJD69200n200

SHJD69300n300

SHJD69400n400

SHJD69200Gn200

SHJD69300Gn300

SHJD69400Gn400

SHJD69200NTn200

SHJD69300NTn300

SHJD69400NTn400

SHJD69200NGTn200

SHJD69300NGTn300

SHJD69400NGTn400

Type SHJD6-A

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHJD69200Hn200

SHJD69300Hn300

SHJD69400Hn400

SHJD69200GHn200

SHJD69300GHn300

SHJD69400GHn400

SHJD69200NTHn200

SHJD69300NTHn300

SHJD69400NTHn400

SHJD69200NGTHn200

SHJD69300NGTHn300

SHJD69400NGTHn400

Current Limiting

Type SCJD6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCJD69200n200

SCJD69300n300

SCJD69400n400

SCJD69200Gn200

SCJD69300Gn300

SCJD69400Gn400

SCJD69200NTn200

SCJD69300NTn300

SCJD69400NTn400

SCJD69200NGTn200

SCJD69300NGTn300

SCJD69400NGTn400

SJD 400A Frame – 100% Ratedb

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series

Selection

17/72 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

Selections

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right

side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit

breakers. No accessories can be added if

mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this

page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,

SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

JD 400A Frame

LD 600A Frame

LMD 800A Frame

SJD 400A Frame

SLD 600A Frame

Sensitrip Ammeter

Ammeter Mounting Kit

The Ammeter Display Units plug into

the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays

the phase current flowing in the

breaker. They are powered by the

breaker’s CT’s with replaceable

battery back-up for maintaining trip

and max logs.

The SADU reads currents, current

imbalance, current demand, and trip

status.

The Ammeter may also be panel or

door mounted using the SADURMK18

remote mounting kit.

Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

024 S17JLD6 —

048 S18JLD6s—

120 S01JLD6 S01JLD62A

240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A

277 S15JLD6sS15JLD64As

480 S04JLD6 —

012 S16JLD6sS16JLD62As

024 S07JLD6 S07JLD62A

048 S09JLD6sS09JLD62A

125 S11JLD6 S11JLD62As

250 S13JLD6sS13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01JLD6 U01JLD62A U01JLD62AA

208 U02JLD6sU02JLD62AsU02JLD62AAs

240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62AsU03JLD62AAs

480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64AsU06JLD64AAs

024 U13JLD6 U13JLD62A U13JLD62AA

048 U14JLD6sU14JLD62AsU14JLD62AAs

125 U10JLD6sU10JLD62AsU10JLD62AAs

250 U12JLD6sU12JLD62AsU12JLD62AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64

— 12 A01JLDLV A02JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber

480 250 B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number

SJD, SLD Display Unit SADU

Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK18

17/73

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-44, 17/74

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6

breakers include frame, trip, and

both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).

When ordered by these catalog

numbers, the customer will receive

the frame, trip and lugs separately

packaged. For applications requiring

different lugs, order individual items

as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled with-

out Lugs

Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6,

and CLD6 include frame with non-

interchangeable trip unit installed

only. Order required lugs separately.

For line and load lugs (TA2J6500)

installed, add suffix “L” to catalog

number (add 2 times list price of

lugs for each pole).

100% Rated (3-pole only)

Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers

are available with 100% ratings.

To order add suffix “H” to catalog

number, and 10% to list price. 100%

rated LD breakers require the use of

90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C

ampacity and lugs TC1J6600

or TC2J6500.

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Interrupting Ratings

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 AIR (File E10848) IEC 947-2

Breaker Volts AC (50/60Hz) Volts DC Volts AC (50/60Hz)

Type 240 480 600 250 500c 220/240 380/415 500

(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs)

LD6-A, LXD6-A 065 035 025 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — —

HLD6-A, HLXD6-A 100 065 035 30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — —

HHLD6, HHLXD6 200 100 050 — — — — — — — —

CLD6-A 200 150 100 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/76 and

17/108 to 17/113

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6

Assembled Breaker (less terminals)

2 1 17.5

3 1 19.5

LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only

2 1 14

3 1 15.5

LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 03.5

3 1 04

CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker

(less terminals)

3 1 31.5

Cables

Catalog per Wire

Number Lug Range

TA2J6500 1, 2 #3/0 500 kcmil Cu

2 #4/0 500 kcmil Al

TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu

TA1L6750 1 500-750 kcmil Al

1 500-600 kcmil Cu

TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu

Compression Lug

CCL600 1 500 kcmil Cu/Al

Lugs For 75°C Wirec

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Type LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse

fed applications.

b

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

c See Note: A, page 17/101.

d HACR rated.

Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Nominal Instantaneous Values

+20% +20%

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High

250-300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500

350-450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000

500-600 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000

Type LD6-AdBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

250 LD62B250nJD62T250n

300 LD62B300nJD62T300n

350 LD62B350nJD62T350n

400 LD62B400 LD62F600 JD62T400

450 LD62B450nLD62T450n

500 LD62B500nLD62T500n

600 LD62B600 LD62T600

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b

250 LD63B250 JD63T250

300 LD63B300 JD63T300

350 LD63B350 JD63T350

400 LD63B400 LD63F600 JD63T400

450 LD63B450 LD63T450

500 LD63B500 LD63T500

600 LD63B600 LD63T600

Type LXD6-Ad Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40° C

2-Pole (3-Pole Width) 3-Pole

600V AC 250V DC 600V AC 500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

450 LXD62B450nLXD63B450

500 LXD62B500nLXD63B500

600 LXD62B600 LXD63B600

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LD 600A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/74 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB



L

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

b

For complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type

circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or

HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and

trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of

HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the

terminal connectors separately.

c

Type HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL

Listed for reverse feed applications.

d

LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.

e

CE Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only.

f

HACR rated.

To

Handle

Breaker

Type W L D D1

Figure 1

LXD6-A, LD6-A

HLD6-A 7.5 11 4 5.44

HHLD6, HHLXD6,

LXD6–ETI,

d

SLD6, SHLD6

Figure 2

CLD6, 7.5 17.86 4 5.44

CLD6-ETI,

d

SCLD6

Dimensions (in inches)

Type Catalog Number

1 LD6N1

3R LD6N3R

12 LD6N12

4X LD6SS4

7,9 ED6

Neutral W60993

Enclosures: (except SCLD6)



W



D

 

L



W



 

D

Figure 1 Figure 2

D1

 

 

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-Abcf Black Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

250 HLD62B250nJD62T250n

300 HLD62B300nJD62T300n

350 HLD62B350nJD62T350n

400 HLD62B400nHLD62F600nJD62T400

450 HLD62B450nLD62T450n

500 HLD62B500nLD62T500n

600 HLD62B600nLD62T600

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCe

250 HLD63B250 JD63T250

300 HLD63B300 JD63T300

350 HLD63B350 JD63T350

400 HLD63B400 HLD63F600 JD63T400

450 HLD63B450 LD63T450

500 HLD63B500 LD63T500

600 HLD63B600 LD63T600

Type HHLD6, HHLXD6bcf Black Label

2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)

250 HHLD62B250nJD62T250n

300 HHLD62B300nJD62T300n

350 HHLD62B350nJD62T350n

400 HHLD62B400nHHLD62F600nJD62T400

450 HHLD62B450nHHLD62T450n

500 HHLD62B500nHHLD62T500n

600 HHLD62B600nHHLD62T600n

3-Pole 600V AC

250 HHLD63B250 JD63T250

300 HHLD63B300 JD63T300

350 HHLD63B350 JD63T350

400 HHLD63B400 HHLD63F600 JD63T400

450 HHLD63B450nHHLD63T450n

500 HHLD63B500nHHLD63T500n

600 HHLD63B600nHHLD63T600n

Type CLD6-Acf

Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

450 For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

CLD63B450n

500 CLD63B500

600 CLD63B600

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LD 600A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/75

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-46, 17/76

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)

transformer as separate and additional item.

For ordering information and terminal connectors see

page 17/73; for enclosures, see page 17/74.

100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions

Short

Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground

Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l2t Fault Fault

Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay

None LI   

G LIG     

NT LSI      

NGT LSIG        

Shipping Weights

Breaker Number per Shipping

Type Carton Weight (lbs)

SLD6-A 1 20

SHLD6-A 1 20

SCLD6-A 1 33

Interrupting Ratings

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

SLD6-A 065 035 025

SHLD6-A 100 065 035

SCLD6-A 200 150 100

Ordering Information

Pricing information for all Digital

Sentron Series SLD frames is for

complete breaker only – price

required lugs as separate items –

lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.

SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for

reverse connection application.

SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse

connection application.

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

300 N03SJD

400 N04SJD

500 N05SLD

600 N06SLD

Neutral Transformers

Type SLD6-A

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SLD69300n300

SLD69400n400

SLD69500n500

SLD69600n600

SLD69300Gn300

SLD69400Gn400

SLD69500Gn500

SLD69600Gn600

SLD69300NTn300

SLD69400NTn400

SLD69500NTn500

SLD69600NTn600

SLD69300NGTn300

SLD69400NGTn400

SLD69500NGTn500

SLD69600NGTn600

Type SHLD6-A

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHLD69300n300

SHLD69400n400

SHLD69500n500

SHLD69600n600

SHLD69300Gn300

SHLD69400Gn400

SHLD69500Gn500

SHLD69600Gn600

SHLD69300NTn300

SHLD69400NTn400

SHLD69500NTn500

SHLD69600NTn600

SHLD69300NGTn300

SHLD69400NGTn400

SHLD69500NGTn500

SHLD69600NGTn600

Current Limiting

Type SCLD6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCLD69300n300

SCLD69400n400

SCLD69500n500

SCLD69600n600

SCLD69300Gn300

SCLD69400Gn400

SCLD69500Gn500

SCLD69600Gn600

SCLD69300NTn300

SCLD69400NTn400

SCLD69500NTn500

SCLD69600NTn600

SCLD69300NGTn300

SCLD69400NGTn400

SCLD69500NGTn500

SCLD69600NGTn600

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series

Selection

17/76 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right

side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit

breakers. No accessories can be added if

mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this

page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,

SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

JD 400A Frame

LD 600A Frame

LMD 800A Frame

SJD 400A Frame

SLD 600A Frame

Sensitrip Ammeter

Ammeter Mounting Kit

The Ammeter Display Units plug into

the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays

the phase current flowing in the

breaker. They are powered by the

breaker’s CT’s with replaceable

battery back-up for maintaining trip

and max logs.

The SADU reads currents, current

imbalance, current demand, and trip

status.

The Ammeter may also be panel or

door mounted using the SADURMK18

remote mounting kit.

Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

024 S17JLD6 —

048 S18JLD6s—

120 S01JLD6 S01JLD62A

240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A

277 S15JLD6sS15JLD64As

480 S04JLD6 —

012 S16JLD6sS16JLD62As

024 S07JLD6 S07JLD62A

048 S09JLD6sS09JLD62A

125 S11JLD6 S11JLD62As

250 S13JLD6sS13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01JLD6 U01JLD62A U01JLD62AA

208 U02JLD6sU02JLD62AsU02JLD62AAs

240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62AsU03JLD62AAs

480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64AsU06JLD64AAs

024 U13JLD6 U13JLD62A U13JLD62AA

048 U14JLD6sU14JLD62AsU14JLD62AAs

125 U10JLD6sU10JLD62AsU10JLD62AAs

250 U12JLD6sU12JLD62AsU12JLD62AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64

— 12 A01JLDLV A02JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber

480 250 B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number

SJD, SLD Display Unit SADU

Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK18

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

Selection

17/77

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-48, 17/77

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



LMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse

connected applications.

b

When wired as shown on page 17-5, this circuit breaker

is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

c

See Note: A, page 17/101.

d

HACR rated.

Nominal Instantaneous Values

Ampere Rating Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 High +/- 20%

Tolerance Tolerance

500-600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000

700-800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers

include frame, trip, and both line

and load lugs (TA3K500). These

catalog numbers include the frame,

trip and lugs separately packaged.

For applications requiring different

lugs, order individual items as

needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled

without Lugs

Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6

include frame with

non-interchangeable trip unit

installed only. Order required lugs

separately. For line and load lugs

(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”

to catalog number (add 2 times list

price of lugs for each pole).

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Lugsc for 75°C Wire

Cables

Catalog per Wire

Number Lug Range

TA2K500 1, 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al

TA3K500 1-3 #1/0-500 kcmil Cu /Al

TA2N750 1, 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6

Complete Breaker (less terminals)

2 1 53

3 1 61.5

LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only

2 1 42.25

3 1 46

LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 4.5

3 1 6.5

Shipping Weights

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113

Type LMD6dBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

500 LMD62B500nLMD62T500n

600 LMD62B600nLMD62F800nLMD62T600n

700 LMD62B700nLMD62T700n

800 LMD62B800nLMD62T800n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCb

500 LMD63B500nLMD63T500n

600 LMD63B600nLMD63F800 LMD63T600n

700 LMD63B700nLMD63T700n

800 LMD63B800 LMD63T800

Type LMXD6d Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole (3-Pole Width)

Catalog Number

3-Pole

Catalog Number

500 — LMXD63B500n

600 LMXD62B600nLMXD63B600

700 LMXD62B700nLMXD63B700

800 LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/78 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-49, 17/78

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



HLMXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse

connection applications.

b

LMXD6-ETI, see page 17/91 for catalog information.

c

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker

is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

d

HACR rated.

Breaker

Type W L D D1

LMD6,

LMXD6,

HLMD6, 7.5 16 4.5 5.93

HLMXD6

LMXD6-ETIb

Dimensions (in inches)

Type Catalog Number

1 LMD1

3R LMD3R

12 LMD12n

Neutral W63623

Enclosures

Interrupting Ratings

UL 489A IR

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC

Type 240 480 600 250 500d

LMD6, LMXD6 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P)

HLMD6, HLMXD6 100 065 050 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P)

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type HLMXD6d Black Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

500

For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

HLMXD63B500n

600 HLMXD63B600n

700 HLMXD63B700n

800 HLMXD63B800

Type HLMD6dBlack Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)

500 HLMD62B500n

HLMD62F800n

LMD62T500n

600 HLMD62B600nLMD62T600n

700 HLMD62B700nLMD62T700n

800 HLMD62B800nLMD62T800n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc

500 HLMD63B500

HLMD63F800

LMD63T500n

600 HLMD63B600 LMD63T600n

700 HLMD63B700 LMD63T700n

800 HLMD63B800 LMD63T800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/79

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-50, 17/79

Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right

side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit

breakers. No accessories can be added if

mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this

page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,

SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

JD 400A Frame

LD 600A Frame

LMD 800A Frame

SJD 400A Frame

SLD 600A Frame

Sensitrip Ammeter

Ammeter Mounting Kit

The Ammeter Display Units plug into

the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays

the phase current flowing in the

breaker. They are powered by the

breaker’s CT’s with replaceable

battery back-up for maintaining trip

and max logs.

The SADU reads currents, current

imbalance, current demand, and trip

status.

The Ammeter may also be panel or

door mounted using the SADURMK18

remote mounting kit.

Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

024 S17JLD6 —

048 S18JLD6s—

120 S01JLD6 S01JLD62A

240 S03JLD6 S03JLD62A

277 S15JLD6sS15JLD64As

480 S04JLD6 —

012 S16JLD6sS16JLD62As

024 S07JLD6 S07JLD62A

048 S09JLD6sS09JLD62A

125 S11JLD6 S11JLD62As

250 S13JLD6sS13JLD62As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01JLD6 U01JLD62A U01JLD62AA

208 U02JLD6sU02JLD62AsU02JLD62AAs

240 U03JLD6 U03JLD62AsU03JLD62AAs

480 U06JLD6 U06JLD64AsU06JLD64AAs

024 U13JLD6 U13JLD62A U13JLD62AA

048 U14JLD6sU14JLD62AsU14JLD62AAs

125 U10JLD6sU10JLD62AsU10JLD62AAs

250 U12JLD6sU12JLD62AsU12JLD62AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 A01JLD64 A02JLD64

— 12 A01JLDLV A02JLDLV

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number CatalogNumber

480 250 B01JLD64 A01JLD64B A02JLD64B

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number

SJD, SLD Display Unit SADU

Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK18

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

Selection

17/80 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-51, 17/80

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

a

MXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse

connection applications.

b

2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.

c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker

is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems.

d

See Note: A, page 17/101.

e

80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be

marked in the 100% rated version.

f

HACR rated.

Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

Lugsd

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6

Complete Breaker Assembled

(less lugs)

2 1 53

3 1 61.5

MD6, HMD6 Frame Only

2 1 42.25

3 1 46

MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 4.5

3 1 6.5

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113

Catalog Cables Lugs Wire

Number Per Lug Per Kit Range

TA2K500 1-2 1 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al

TA3K500 1-3 1 1/0-500 kcmil Cu / Al

TC2K500 1-2 1 #1-500 kcmil Cu

TC3K350 1-3 1 #1-350 kcmil Cu

Kits

2TA2N8750 2

3TA2N8750 1-2 3 500-750 kcmil Cu /Al

2TA3N8750 2

3TA3N8750 1-3 3 500-750 kcmil Cu /Al

2TA4N8500 2

3TA4N8500 1-4 3 250-500 kcmil Cu /Al

2TA4P8500 2

3TA4P8500 1-4 3 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al

Type Catalog Number

1 MND61

3R MND63

12 MND612n

Neutral W63623

Enclosures

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Pricing information for MD6 and

HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip,

and both line and load lugs

(TA3K500). When ordered by these

catalog numbers, the customer will

receive the frame, trip and lugs

separately packaged. For

applications requiring different lugs,

order individual items as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled with-

out Lugs

Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and

CMD6 include frame with

non-interchangeable trip units

installed only. Order required lugs

separately. For line and load lugs

(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”

to catalog number (add 2 times list

price of lugs for each pole).

100% Ratede

Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6

breakers are available with 100%

ratings. To order add suffix “H” to

catalog number, and 10% to list

price. 100% rated MD breakers

require the use of 90°C Cu cable

sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs

3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750.

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400Hz Applications see page 17/104.

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Ampere Nominal Instantaneous Values

Rating Low +/- 20% 2 3 4 5 6 7 High +/- 20%

Tolerance Tolerance

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000

600–800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000

Type MXD6af Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Poleb3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number

600 MXD62B600nMXD63B600

700 MXD62B700nMXD63B700

800 MXD62B800nMXD63B800

Type MD6fBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb

500 MD62B500n

MD62F800n

MD62T500n

600 MD62B600nMD62T600n

700 MD62B700nMD62T700n

800 MD62B800nMD62T800n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc

500 MD63B500

MD63F800

MD63T500

600 MD63B600 MD63T600

700 MD63B700 MD63T700

800 MD63B800 MD63T800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MD 800A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/81

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-52, 17/81

Interrupting Ratings

UL 489 AIR—File E10848 IEC 947-2 AIR

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA) Volts AC (50/60HZ)

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 220/240 380/415 500

Type 240 480 600 250 500d (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs

MD6, MXD6 065 050 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — —

HMD6, HMXD6 100 065 50 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 050 065 33 — —

CMD6 200 100 65 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



HMXD6 and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for

reverse connection applications.

b

2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.

c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 17/91 for catalog information.

d

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS

systems only.

e

HACR rated.

When wire lug shield NDTS is used.

Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs

are used. The kits include the NDTS shield.

(To

Breaker Handle)

Type W L D D

1

MD6, MXD6, HMD6,

HMXD6, CMD6, 9 16 6 8.25

MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI,

SMD6, SHMD6, and

SCMD6

with lug shields 9 24 6 8.25

Dimensions (in inches)

Lug

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type HMXD6e Black Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

600 For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

HMXD63B600n

700 HMXD63B700n

800 HMXD63B800

Type HMD6eBlack Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled w/Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb

500 HMD62B500nMD62T500n

600 HMD62B600nHMD62F800nMD62T600n

700 HMD62B700nMD62T700n

800 HMD62B800nMD62T800n

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCd

500 HMD63B500 MD63T500

600 HMD63B600 HMD63F800 MD63T600

700 HMD63B700 MD63T700

800 HMD63B800 MD63T800

Type CMD6e

Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

600 For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

CMD63B600n

700 CMD63B700n

800 CMD63B800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

MD 800A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/82 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-53, 17/82

Interrupting Ratings

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

SMD6 065 050 25

SHMD6 100 065 50

SCMD6 200 100 65

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)

transformer as separate and additional item.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for

90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized

per 75°C ampacity.

b

For additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.

c

SMD6, SHMD6 and SCMD6 circuit breakers are UL

Listed for reverse connection applications.

Shipping Weights

Breaker Number per Shipping

Type Carton Weight (lbs)

All types 1 61.5

Lugs for 75°C Wireb

Cables

Catalog per Wire

Number Lug Range

TA2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al

TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu/Al

TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu

TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu

Kits (3 lugs/kit)

3TA4N8500 4 250–500 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA4P8500 4 250–500 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA2N8750 2 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA3N8750 3 500–750 kcmil Cu/Al

Each kit contains the following:

3TA4P8500—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier

3TA3N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier

3TA2N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier

Accessories pages 17/90 and 17/108 to 17/113

Ordering Information

Pricing information for all Digital

Sentron Series MD frames is for com-

plete breaker only. Price requires lugs or

lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suit-

able for 75°C wire or as noted.

Connector wire ranges and cavities are

established in conjunction with Table

6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose

actual connector for circuit breakers

based on customer requirements.

Recommended Terminal Connectors

Breaker Ampere Connector or

Frame Rating Connector Kit

MD 500 –600 TA2K500

MD 700 –800 TA3K500

Types SMD6 and SHMD6 are acceptable for

reverse connection applications.

Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Ground Ground

Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time Fault Fault

Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Delay

A LI   

AG LIG     

ANT LSI     

ANGT LSIG       

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions

Neutral Transformers

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

0600 N06SMDA

0700 N07SMDA

0800 N08SMDA

Enclosures

Type Catalog Number

1 MND61

3R MND63

12 MND612

Neutral W63623

Type SMD6

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SMD69600An600

SMD69700An700

SMD69800An800

SMD69600AGn600

SMD69700AGn700

SMD69800AGn800

SMD69600ANTn600

SMD69700ANTn700

SMD69800ANTn800

SMD69600ANGTn600

SMD69700ANGTn700

SMD69800ANGTn800

Type SMD6

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SMD69600AHn600

SMD69700AHn700

SMD69800AHn800

SMD69600AGHn600

SMD69700AGHn700

SMD69800AGHn800

SMD69600ANTHn600

SMD69700ANTHn700

SMD69800ANTHn800

SMD69600ANGTHn600

SMD69700ANGTHn700

SMD69800ANGTHn800

Type SHMD6

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHMD69600An600

SHMD69700An700

SHMD69800An800

SHMD69600AGn600

SHMD69700AGn700

SHMD69800AGn800

SHMD69600ANTn600

SHMD69700ANTn700

SHMD69800ANTn800

SHMD69600ANGTn600

SHMD69700ANGTn700

SHMD69800ANGTn800

Type SHMD6

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHMD69600AHn600

SHMD69700AHn700

SHMD69800AHn800

SHMD69600AGHn600

SHMD69700AGHn700

SHMD69800AGHn800

SHMD69600ANTHn600

SHMD69700ANTHn700

SHMD69800ANTHn800

SHMD69600ANGTHn600

SHMD69700ANGTHn700

SHMD69800ANGTHn800

Current Limiting

Type SCMD6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCMD69600An600

SCMD69700An700

SCMD69800An800

SCMD69600AGn600

SCMD69700AGn700

SCMD69800AGn800

SCMD69600ANTn600

SCMD69700ANTn700

SCMD69800ANTn800

SCMD69600ANGTn600

SCMD69700ANGTn700

SCMD69800ANGTn800

Current Limiting

Type SCMD6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCMD69600AHn600

SCMD69700AHn700

SCMD69800AHn800

SCMD69600AGHn600

SCMD69700AGHn700

SCMD69800AGHn800

SCMD69600ANTHn600

SCMD69700ANTHn700

SCMD69800ANTHn800

SCMD69600ANGTHn600

SCMD69700ANGTHn700

SCMD69800ANGTHn800

SMD 800A Frame – 100% Rated

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesc

Selection

17/83

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-55, 17/83

Interrupting Ratings

RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)

UL 489 A IR IEC 947-2

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC Volts AC (50/60HZ)

Type 240 480 600 250 500c 220/240 380/415 500

(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs)

ND6, NXD6 65 50 25 30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 65 33 40 20 — —

HND6, HNXD6 100 65 50 30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 50 65 33 — —

CND6 200 100 65 — 50 (3-P) — — — — — —

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



NXD6 circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse

connection applications.

b

2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.

c

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS

systems only.

d

Use 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500

kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated

breakers.

e

Use 2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for

2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable.

f

See Note: A, page 17/101.

g

80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be

marked in the 100% rated version.

h

HACR rated.

Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

Catalog Cables Wire

Number per Lug Range

TA2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al

TA3K500 3 #1-500 kcmil Cu / Al

TC2K500 2 #1-500 kcmil Cu

TC3K350 3 #1-350 kcmil Cu

Kits (2 Kits required per breaker)

2TA4P8500d 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA4P8500d

2TA4N8500e 4 250-500 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA4N8500e

2TA2N8750 2 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA2N8750

2TA3N8750 3 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al

3TA3N8750

Lugsf

Type Catalog Number

1 MND61

3R MND63

12 MND612 n

Neutral W63623

Enclosures

Nominal Instantaneous Values

+20% +20%

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 08000

900-1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range

Ordering Information

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers

include frame, trip, and both line and

load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog

numbers are the frame, trip and lugs

separately packaged. For applications

requiring different lugs, order

individual items as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled

without Lugs

Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and

CND6 include frame with

non-interchangeable trip units

installed only. Order required

terminal connectors separately.

For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500)

installed, add suffix “L” to catalog

number (add 2 times list price of

lug kit).

100% Rated (3-Pole only)g

Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6

breakers are available with 100%

ratings. To order, add suffix “H” to

catalog number, and add 10% to

list price. 100% rated ND breakers

require 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C

ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500

or 3TA3N8750.

50°C Applications see page 17/104.

400Hz Applications see page

17/104

.

Modifications page 17/104

Accessories pages 17/86 and

17/108 to 17/113

Type NXD6h Blue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

0900 NXD62B900nNXD63B900

1000 NXD62B100nNXD63B100

1200 NXD62B120nNXD63B120

Type ND6hBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb

0800 ND62B800n

ND62F120

MD62T800n

0900 ND62B900nND62T900n

1000 ND62B100nND62T100n

1200 ND62B120 ND62T120

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc

0800 ND63B800

ND63F120

MD63T800

0900 ND63B900 ND63T900

1000 ND63B100 ND63T100

1200 ND63B120 ND63T120

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/84 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-56, 17/84

Breaker

Type W L D D1

ND6, NXD6, HND6,

HNXD6, CND6, 9 16 6 8.25

SND6, SHND6, and

SCND6

with NDTS

lug shield 9 24 6 8.25

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



HNXD6 and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for

reverse connection applications.

b

2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.

c

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

d

HACR rated.

When lugs shield NDTS is used.

Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs

TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include

the NDTS shield.

Dimensions (in inches)

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6

Assembled Breaker (less terminals)

2 1 53

3 1 61.5

ND6, HND6 Frame Only

2 1 42.25

3 1 46

ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only

2 1 04.5

3 1 06.5

Lugs

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type HNXD6d Black Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker

Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole

600V AC/250V DC

3-Pole

600V AC/500V DC

Catalog Number Catalog Number

0900 For 2-pole application

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

HNXD63B900

1000 HNXD63B100

1200 HNXD63B120

Type HND6dBlack Label

Interchangeable Trip

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled with Lugs Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DCb

0800

For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker

0900

1000

1200

3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DCc

0800 HND63B800

HND63F120

MD63T800

0900 HND63B900 ND63T900

1000 HND63B100 ND63T100

1200 HND63B120 ND63T120

Type CND6d

Fuseless Current Limiting Red Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker)

Continuous

Current Rating

@ 40°C

2-Pole 3-Pole

Catalog Number Catalog Number

0900 For 2-pole application,

use outside poles of

3-pole circuit breaker

CND63B900n

1000 CND63B100

1200 CND63B120

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/85

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-57, 17/85

For ordering information and terminal connectors,

and enclosures, see page 17/83.

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)

transformer as separate and additional item.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Use 2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for

90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized

per 75°C ampacity.

b

SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL

Listed for reverse connection applications.

Trip Unit Adjustable Functions

Short

Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground

Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l2t Fault Fault

Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay

A LI   

AG LIG     

ANT LSI      

ANGT LSIG        

Interrupting Ratings

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

SND6 065 050 25

SHND6 100 065 50

SCND6 200 100 65

Neutral Transformers

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

0800 N08SMDA

1000 N10SNDA

1200 N12SNDA

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type SND6

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SND69800An 800

SND69100An1000

SND69120An1200

SND69800AGn 800

SND69100AGn1000

SND69120AGn1200

SND69800ANTn 800

SND69100ANTn1000

SND69120ANTn1200

SND69800ANGTn 800

SND69100ANGTn1000

SND69120ANGTn1200

Type SND6

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SND69800AHn 800

SND69100AHn1000

SND69120AHn1200

SND69800AGHn 800

SND69100AGHn1000

SND69120AGHn1200

SND69800ANTHn 800

SND69100ANTHn1000

SND69120ANTHn1200

SND69800ANGTHn 800

SND69100ANGTHn1000

SND69120ANGTHn1200

Type SHND6

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHND69800An 800

SHND69100An1000

SHND69120An1200

SHND69800AGn 800

SHND69100AGn1000

SHND69120AGn1200

SHND69800ANTn 800

SHND69100ANTn1000

SHND69120ANTn1200

SHND69800ANGTn 800

SHND69100ANGTn1000

SHND69120ANGTn1200

Type SHND6

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHND69800AHn 800

SHND69100AHn1000

SHND69120AHn1200

SHND69800AGHn 800

SHND69100AGHn1000

SHND69120AGHn1200

SHND69800ANTHn 800

SHND69100ANTHn1000

SHND69120ANTHn1200

SHND69800ANGTHn

800

SHND69100ANGTHn

1000

SHND69120ANGTHn

1200

Current Limiting

Type SCND6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCND69800An 800

SCND69100An1000

SCND69120An1200

SCND69800AGn 800

SCND69100AGn1000

SCND69120AGn1200

SCND69800ANTn 800

SCND69100ANTn1000

SCND69120ANTn1200

SCND69800ANGTn 800

SCND69100ANGTn1000

SCND69120ANGTn1200

Current Limiting

Type SCND6-A

Red Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SCND69800AHn 800

SCND69100AHn1000

SCND69120AHn1200

SCND69800AGHn 800

SCND69100AGHn1000

SCND69120AGHn1200

SCND69800ANTHn 800

SCND69100ANTHn1000

SCND69120ANTHn1200

SCND69800ANGTHn

800

SCND69100ANGTHn

1000

SCND69120ANGTHn

1200

SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rated

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesb

Selection

17/86 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Accessory modules can mount in either

left hand or right hand poles of all circuit

breakers, including solid state. Exception:

when mechanical interlock is used.

Accessories cannot be mounted in left

pole.

MD/SMD 800A Frame

ND/SND 1200A Frame

PD/SPD 1600A Frame

RD 2000A Frame

Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 S01MN6 S01MN64A

208 S02MN6s—

240 S03MN6 S03MN64As

277 S15MN6sS15MN64As

480 S04MN6sS04MN64As

600 S06MN6s—

012 S16MN6sS16MN64As

024 S07MN6 S07MN64A

048 S09MN6s—

125 S11MN6 S11MN64As

250 S13MN6sS13MN64As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01MN6 U01MN64A U01MN64AA

208 U02MN6sU02MN64AsU02MN64AAs

240 U03MN6sU03MN64AsU03MN64AAs

277 U15MN6sU15MN64AsU15MN64AAs

480 U04MN6sU04MN64AsU04MN64AAs

600 U06MN6s— —

024 U07MN6 U07MN64A U07MN64AA

048 U09MN6sU09MN64AsU09MN64AAs

125 U11MN6sU11MN64AsU11MN64AAs

250 U13MN6sU13MN64AsU13MN64AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 A01MN64 A02MN64

— 12 A01MNDLVsA02MNDLVs

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number

SMD, SND, SPD

Display Unit SADU

Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK18

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Internal Accessories

Selection

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

17/87

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-59, 17/86

Ordering Instructions

Complete Breaker Unassembled

with Lugs

Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6

type breakers include frame, trip,

mounting base (MB9301), and both

line and load lugs (PD Frame –

TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When

ordered by these catalog numbers, the

customer will receive the frame, trip,

mounting assembly and lugs

separately packaged. For applications

requiring different mounting base or

lugs, order individual items as needed.

Complete Breaker Assembled

without Lugs

Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6

and CPD6 type breakers include frame

with non-interchangeable trip unit

installed only. Order required

mounting base and lugs separately.

100% Rated

(3-Pole only)

Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are

available with 100% ratings. To order

add suffix “H” to catalog number,

and 10% to list price. 100% PD

breakers require 90˚ C cable sized

at 75˚ C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs.

RD 2000A Frames not available with

100% ratings.

50°C Applications see page

17/104

.

400HZ Applications see page

17/104

.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V

b

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS

systems only.

c

PXD6, HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL

Listed for reverse feed applications.

d

For additional information See Note: A, page 17/101.

e

HACR rated.

Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

Lugs (6 required per breaker)d

No of

Catalog Cables per

Number Connector Wire Range

TA5P600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al

TC5R600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only

TA4P750s 1-4 500-750 kcmil Cu/Al

TA6R600 1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al

Interrupting Ratings

UL 489 A IR

RMS Symmetrical KA

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 

Type 240 480 600 250 500

PD6, PXD6 65 50 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P)

HPD6, HPXD6 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P)

CPD6 200 100 65 30 (2P) 50 (3P)

Type PXD6b Non-Interchangeable Tripe

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlue Label

Continuous

Current

Rating @ 40°C

Complete Breaker Assembled

(Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

1200 PXD63B120nMB9301

1400 PXD63B140n -or- TA5P600

1600 PXD63B160 MBR9302

Type HPXD6b Non-Interchangeable Tripe

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlue Label

Continuous Current

Rating @ 40°C

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/ Trip Unit Only)

Catalog Number

1200 HPXD63B120n

1400 HPXD63B140n

1600 HPXD63B160

Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Tripe

Fuseless Current Limiting

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCRed Label

Continuous Current

Rating @ 40°C

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/ Trip Unit Only)

Catalog Number

1200 CPD63B120n

1400 CPD63B140n

1600 CPD63B160n

Type PD6 Interchangeable Tripe

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlue Label

Continuous

Current

Rating @

40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Mounting

Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

1200 PD63B120nPD63T120nMB9301

1400 PD63B140 PD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600

1600 PD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302

Type HPD6 Interchangeable Tripe

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlack Label

Continuous

Current

Rating @

40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Mounting

Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

1200 HPD63B120nPD63T120nMB9301

1400 HPD63B140 HPD63F160 PD63T140 -or- TA5P600

1600 HPD63B160 PD63T160 MBR9302

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/88 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-60, 17/87

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

For additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.

b The PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a

connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into

service.

Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit

breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.

For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)

transformer as separate and additional item.

Interrupting Ratings

Breaker RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489

Type 240V AC 480V AC 600V AC

SPD6 065 050 025

SHPD6 100 065 050

Ordering Information

Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker

only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal

connectors as separate items.

SPD6 and SHPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications.

Enclosure

MBR9302MBR9302 MB9301 MB9301

MB9301 (shown)

MBR9302

All PD, RD Frames:

Short

Suffix Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground

Letter Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l2t Fault Fault

Code Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay

None LI   

G LIG     

NT LSI      

NGT LSIG        

Neutral Transformers

Ampere

Rating Catalog Number

1400 N14SPD

1600 N16SPD

Lugs

No. of

Catalog Cables per Wire

Number Connector Range

TA5P600 1–5 pcs. 300–600 kcmil Cu/Al

TC5R600 1–5 pcs. 300–600 kcmil Cu Only

TA6R600 1–6 pcs. 300–600 kcmil Cu/Al

Type Catalog Number

1 PRD6N1

Mounting Block (Required)b

Catalog Number

MB9301

MBR9302

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Type SPD6

Blue Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SPD69140n1400

SPD69160n1600

SPD69140Gn1400

SPD69160Gn1600

SPD69140NTn1400

SPD69160NTn1600

SPD69140NGTn1400

SPD69160NGTn1600

Type SHPD6

Black Label

3-Pole, 600V AC

Catalog

Number

Max

Current

Rating

SHPD69140n1400

SHPD69160n1600

SHPD69140Gn1400

SHPD69160Gn1600

SHPD69140NTn1400

SHPD69160NTn1600

SHPD69140NGTn1400

SHPD69160NGTn1600

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series

Selection/Dimensions

17/89

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-62, 17/88

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



Use two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for

250V DC applications.

b

When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is

UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded

UPS systems only.

c

RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for

reverse feed applications.

d

HACR rated.

e

For additional information See Note: A, page 17/101

Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.

See page 17/104 for additional information.

f

For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see

page 17/88.

Interrupting Ratings

UL 489 A IR

RMS Symmetrical KA

Breaker Volts AC Volts DC 

Type 240 480 600 250 500

RD6, RXD6 65 50 25 30 (2P) 25 (3P)

HRD6, HRXD6 100 65 50 30 (2P) 50 (3P)

Mounting Block

f

Catalog

Number Connection Points

MB9301 Front

MBR9302 Rear

Shipping Weights

Number of Number per Shipping

Poles Carton Weight (lbs.)

PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6, CPD6

Assembled Breakers

3 1 61.5

PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6

Frame Only

3 1 55.0

PD6, RD6

Trip Unit Only

3 1 06.5

Mounting Assembly

MB9301 1 53.0

MBR9302 1 50.9

Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames)

Nominal Instantaneous Values

+20% +20%

Breaker Ampere Tolerance Tolerance

Rating Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High

1200-2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9790 10,000

Lugs (6 required per breaker)

e

No of

Catalog Cables per

Number Connector Wire Range

TC5R600 1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only

TA6R600 1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al

Type RXD6d

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlue Label

Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs)

Continuous

Current

Rating @ 40°C

Complete Breaker Assembled

(Frame/Trip Unit Only) Mounting Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

1600 RXD63B160 MB9301

1800 RXD63B180 -or- TC5R600

2000 RXD63B200 MBR9302

Type HRXD6dBlack Label

Continuous Current

Rating @ 40°C

Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/ Trip Unit Only)

Catalog Number

1600 HRXD63B160n

1800 HRXD63B180n

2000 HRXD63B200

Type RD6d

3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DCBlue Label

Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs)

Continuous

Current

Rating @

40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Mounting

Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

1600 RD63B160nRD63T160nMB9301

1800 RD63B180 RD63F200 RD63T180 -or- TC5R600

2000 RD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302

Type HRD6dBlack Label

Continuous

Current

Rating @

40°C

Complete Breaker

Unassembled Frame Only Trip Unit Only

Mounting

Assembly Lugs (6 required)

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

1600 HRD63B160nRD63T160nMB9301

1800 HRD63B180 HRD63F200 RD63T180 -or- TC5R600

2000 HRD63B200 RD63T200 MBR9302

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series

Selection

17/90 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-63, 17/89

Accessory modules can mount in either

left hand or right hand poles of all circuit

breakers, including solid state. Exception:

when mechanical interlock is used.

Accessories cannot be mounted in left

pole.

MD/SMD 800A Frame

ND/SND 1200A Frame

PD/SPD 1600A Frame

RD 2000A Frame

Sensitrip Ammeter

The Ammeter Display Units plug into

the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays

the phase current flowing in the

breaker. They are powered by the

breaker’s CT’s with replaceable

battery back-up for maintaining trip

and max logs.

The SADU reads currents, current

imbalance, current demand, and trip

status.

Ammeter Mounting Kit

The Ammeter may also be panel or

door mounted using the SADURMK18

remote mounting kit.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Accessories for: Shunt Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Shunt Trip

1 Shunt Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 S01MN6 S01MN64A

208 S02MN6s—

240 S03MN6 S03MN64As

277 S15MN6sS15MN64As

480 S04MN6sS04MN64As

600 S06MN6s—

012 S16MN6sS16MN64As

024 S07MN6 S07MN64A

048 S09MN6s—

125 S11MN6 S11MN64As

250 S13MN6sS13MN64As

Undervoltage Trip Combinations

Control Voltage 1 Undervoltage Trip

1 Undervoltage Trip and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Undervoltage Trip and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

120 U01MN6 U01MN64A U01MN64AA

208 U02MN6sU02MN64AsU02MN64AAs

240 U03MN6sU03MN64AsU03MN64AAs

277 U15MN6sU15MN64AsU15MN64AAs

480 U04MN6sU04MN64AsU04MN64AAs

600 U06MN6s— —

024 U07MN6 U07MN64A U07MN64AA

048 U09MN6sU09MN64AsU09MN64AAs

125 U11MN6sU11MN64AsU11MN64AAs

250 U13MN6sU13MN64AsU13MN64AAs

Auxiliary Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Form C 2 Form C

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 A01MN64 A02MN64

— 12 A01MNDLVsA02MNDLVs

Plug-in Ammeter Display Units

Breaker Type Description Catalog Number

SMD, SND, SPD

Display Unit SADU

Remote Mounting Kit SADURMK18

Alarm Switch Combinations

Maximum

Voltage 1 Alarm Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

1 Auxiliary Switch

1 Alarm Switch and

2 Auxiliary Switches

AC DC Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

480 250 B00MN64 A01MN64B A02MN64B

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

Selection/Dimensions

17/91

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-66, 17/90

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



2-pole available in 3-pole width only.

Important Information

ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors.

e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI

circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s.

Lug Information pages 17/101 to 17/103

Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113

Application data pages 17/92 to 17/93

b

When applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase

approximately +15 to 20%.

c

Tolerance -20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other set-

tings are -20%/+20%

d

For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit

breaker.

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector

Selection

Instantaneous Trip Rangeb Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugse

Breaker Ampere Catalog Number Catalog Number

Type Rating Minimum

c

Maximum

c

2-Pole 3-Pole

3 9 33 —

HEM3M003L

7 021 77 —

HEM3M007L

015 045 165 —

HEM3M015L

030 090 330 —

HEM3M030L

HEM 50 0150 550 —

HEM3M050L

70 0210 770 —

HEM3M070L

0100 0300 1100 —

HEM3M100L

SHIPPING: 3.7 lbs. each

001 002.6 00009 —

ED63A001

002 007 00022 —

ED63A002

003 010 00035 —

ED63A003

005 016 00054 —

ED63A005

010 030 00100 —

ED63A010

ED6-A 025 055 00180 —

ED63A025

600V AC 030 080 00270 —

ED63A030

250V DC 040 115 00375 —

ED63A040

050 180 00600 —

ED63A050

100 315 01000 —

ED63A100

125 500 01250 —

ED63A125

SHIPPING: 03.8 lbs. each

001 002.6 00009 —

CED63A001n

002 007 00022 —

CED63A002n

003 010 00035 —

CED63A003n

005 016 00054 —

CED63A005n

010 030 00100 —

CED63A010n

CED6-A 025 055 00180 —

CED63A025n

600V AC 030 080 00270 —

CED63A030n

250V DC 040 115 00375 —

CED63A040n

050 180 00600 —

CED63A050n

100 315 01000 —

CED63A100n

125 500 01250 —

CED63A125n

SHIPPING: 06 lbs. each

150 0400 00800 —

FXD63L150n

FXD6d 150 0800 01500 —

FXD63A150

600V AC 150 1100 02500 —

FXD63H150

250V DC 250 1100 02500 —

FXD63A250

SHIPPING: 0 09 lbs. each

150 0400 00800 — CFD63L150

n

CFD6d 150 0800 01500 — CFD63A150

n

600V AC 150 1100 02500 — CFD63H150

n

250V DC 250 1100 02500 — CFD63A250

n

SHIPPING: 12 lbs. each 12 lbs. each

JXD6(A) 400 1250 02500 — JXD63L400

600V AC 400 2000 04000 JXD62H400

n

JXD63H400

250V DC SHIPPING: 16 lbs. each 20 lbs. each

CJD6 400 1250 02500 — CJD63L400

n

600V AC 400 2000 04000 — CJD63H400

n

250V DC SHIPPING: 29.5 lbs. each 31.5 lbs. each

LXD6(A) 600 2000 04000 LXD62L600

n

LXD63L600

n

600V AC 600 3000 06000 — LXD63H600

250V DC SHIPPING: 16 lbs. each 20 lbs. each

CLD6 600 2000 04000 — CLD63L600

n

600V AC 600 3000 06000 — CLD63H600

n

250V DC SHIPPING: 31.5 lbs. each

LMXD6d 800 2800 06000 — LMXD63L800

n

600V AC 800 3200 08000 — LMXD63A800

250V DC SHIPPING: 35 lbs. each

800 3000 06000 — MXD63L800

n

MXD6d 800 4000 08000 — MXD63A800

n

600V AC 800 5000 10000 — MXD63H800

250V DC SHIPPING: 33 lbs. each

800 3000 06000 — CMD63L800

n

CMD6d 800 4000 08000 — CMD63A800

n

600V AC 800 5000 10000 — CMD63H800

n

250V DC SHIPPING: 80 lbs. each

17/92 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-67, 17/91

ETI Trip Setting

Motor Full Catalog Adjust-

Load Amperes Number ment Amperes

95.00 – 110.00 Low 1250

110.00 – 124.00 2 1430

138.00 – 151.00 JXD63L400 4 1790

165.00 – 178.00 CJD63L400 6 2140

178.00 – 192.00 7 2320

192.00 – 227.00 High 2500

154.00 – 176.00 Low 2000

176.00 – 198.00 2 2290

220.00 – 242.00 JXD63H400 4 2860

264.00 – 285.00 CJD63H400 6 3430

285.00 – 308.00 7 3710

308.00 – 326.00 High 4000

155.00 – 176.00 Low 2000

176.00 – 198.00 2 2290

220.00 – 242.00 LXD63L600 4 2860

264.00 – 285.00 CLD63L600 6 3430

285.00 – 308.00 7 3710

308.00 – 326.00 High 4000

231.00 – 264.00 Low 3000

264.00 – 292.00 2 3430

330.00 – 362.00 LXD63H600 4 4290

395.00 – 428.00 CLD63H600 6 5140

428.99 – 462.00 7 5570

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000

215.00 – 238.00 Low 2800

238.00 – 261.00 2 3100

261.00 – 284.00 3 3400

308.00 – 369.00 LMXD63L800 5 4000

369.00 – 423.00 6 4800

423.00 – 462.00 7 5500

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000

246.00 – 269.00 Low 3200

269.00 – 284.00 2 3500

284.00 – 323.00 3 3700

362.00 – 492.00 LMXD63A800 5 4700

492.00 – 562.00 6 6400

562.00 – 616.00 7 7300

616.00 – 660.00 High 8000

231.00 – 264.00 Low 3000

264.00 – 292.00 2 3430

292.00 – 330.00 3 3800

362.00 – 395.00 MXD63L800 5 4710

428.00 – 462.00 CMD63L800 7 5570

462.00 – 490.00 High 6000

308.00 – 352.00 Low 4000

352.00 – 442.00 2 4570

442.00 – 447.00 3 5740

483.00 – 527.00 MXD63A800 5 6280

571.00 – 616.00 CMD63A800 7 7240

616.00 – 660.00 High 8000

385.00 – 440.00 Low 5000

495.00 – 550.00 MXD63H800 3 6430

605.00 – 660.00 CMD63H800 5 7860

660.00 – 695.00 6 8575

General

Protection of Motor Circuits

Molded case circuit breakers are used in

motor circuits as a disconnecting means

and for short-circuit protection. They

should be used in conjunction with

motor-running, over-current-protection

devices, and should permit the motor

to start without nuisance tripping from

motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker

should have a continuous-current rating

of not less than 115% of the motor

full-load current.

The recommended motor circuit

protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous

only circuit breakers) listed have

continuous-current ratings of at least

115% of motor full-load currents. The

trip-setting positions are approximately

11 times motor full-load currents. The

suggested trip settings may have to be

adjusted upward to no higher than 1300%

of full-load current for non-design E type

motors, and no greater than 1700% of full

load current for design E motors, to allow

for motor start-up due to inrush currents.

Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead

of Motor Starter

Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are

recommended for use in combination

motor starters to provide selective

short-circuit protection for the motor

branch circuit. The adjustable

instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens

ETI motor circuit protector provides for a

trip setting slightly above the peak

motor-inrush current. With this setting,

no delay is introduced in opening the

circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit

breaker has no time-delay trip element.

Therefore it must be used in conjunction

with, and immediately ahead of, the

motor-running overcurrent protective

device.

Important: The information below does

not apply to all motor applications: it

is recommended that the user refer to

the National Electrical Code (NEC) for

specific needs.

Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters).

Motor ETI Trip Setting

Full Load Catalog Adjust-

Amperes Number ment Amperes

0.69 – 0.91 A (min) 9

1.1 – 1.3 B 15

1.6 – 1.7 C 21

2.0 – 2.2 HEM3M003L D 27

2.3 – 2.5 E 30

2.6 – 2.8 F (max) 33

1.5 – 2.0 A (min) 21

2.6 – 3.1 B 35

3.7 – 3.9 C 49

4.8 – 5.2 HEM3M007L D 63

5.3 – 5.7 E 70

5.8 – 6.1 F (max) 77

3.4 – 4.5 A (min) 45

5.7 – 6.8 B 75

8.0 – 9.1 C 100

10.4 – 11.4 HEM3M015L D 135

11.5 – 12.6 E 150

12.7 – 13.0 F (max) 165

3.9 – 9.1 A (min) 90

11.5 – 13.7 B 150

16.1 – 18.3 C 210

20.7 – 22.9 HEM3M030L D 270

23.0 – 25.2 E 300

25.3 – 26.1 F (max) 330

11.5 – 15.2 A (min) 150

19.2 – 22.9 B 250

26.9 – 30.6 C 350

34.6 – 38.3 HEM3M050L D 450

38.4 – 42.1 E 500

42.2 – 43.5 F (max) 550

16.1 – 30.6 A (min) 210

26.9 – 32.2 B 350

37.6 – 42.9 C 490

48.4 – 53.7 HEM3M070L D 630

53.8 – 59.1 E 700

59.2 – 60.9 F (max) 770

23.0 – 30.9 A (min) 300

38.4 – 46.0 B 500

53.8 – 61.4 C 700

69.2 – 76.8 HEM3M100L D 900

76.9 – 84.5 E 1000

84.6 – 87.0 F (max) 1100

.20 – .33 Low 2.6

.34 – .45 2 4.5

.46 – .56 ED63A001 3 6

.57 – .68 CED63A001 4 7.5

.69 – .81 High 9

.53 – .83 Low 7

.84 – 1.14 2 11

1.15 – 1.45 ED63A002 3 15

1.46 – 1.68 CED63A002 4 19

1.69 – 2.00 High 22

.76 – 1.29 Low 10

1.30 – 1.75 2 17

1.76 – 2.29 ED63A003 3 23

2.30 – 2.68 CED63A003 4 30

2.69 – 3.18 High 35

ETI Trip Setting

Motor Full Catalog Adjust-

Load Amperes Number ment Amperes

1.23 – 1.99 Low 16

2.00 – 2.75 2 26

2.76 – 3.52 ED63A005 3 36

3.53 – 4.14 CED63A005 4 46

4.15 – 4.90 High 54

2.30 – 3.83 Low 30

3.84 – 5.37 2 50

5.38 – 6.52 ED63A010 3 70

6.53 – 7.68 CED63A010 4 85

7.69 – 9.10 High 100

4.23 – 6.91 Low 55

6.92 – 9.61 2 90

9.62 – 11.91 ED63A025 3 125

11.92 – 13.83 CED63A025 4 155

13.84 – 16.40 High 180

6.15 – 10.37 Low 80

10.38 – 14.22 2 135

14.23 – 18.06 ED63A030 3 185

18.07 – 20.75 CED63A030 4 235

20.76 – 24.50 High 270

8.84 – 14.22 Low 115

14.23 – 19.60 2 185

19.61 – 24.99 ED63A040 3 255

25.00 – 28.83 CED63A040 4 325

28.84 – 34.00 High 375

13.84 – 23.06 Low 180

23.07 – 31.52 2 300

31.53 – 39.99 ED63A050 3 410

40.00 – 46.14 CED63A050 4 520

46.15 – 54.50 High 600

24.23 – 41.52 Low 315

41.53 – 56.91 2 540

56.92 – 68.45 ED63A100 3 740

68.46 – 76.91 CED63A100 4 890

76.92 – 90.90 High 1000

38.46 – 55.37 Low 500

55.38 – 70.75 2 720

70.76 – 84.60 ED63A125 3 920

84.61 – 96.14 CED63A125 4 1100

96.15 – 113.60 High 1250

30.76 – 35.37 Low 400

35.38 – 39.99 2 460

44.51 – 49.23 FXD63L150 4 580

53.84 – 58.45 CFD63L150 6 700

58.46 – 63.06 7 760

63.07 – 74.50 High 820

61.53 – 69.22 Low 800

69.23 – 76.91 2 900

84.61 – 92.29 FXD63A150 4 1100

100.00 – 108.00 CFD63A150 6 1300

108.00 – 115.00 7 1400

115.00 – 136.00 High 1500

85.00 – 100.00 Low 1100

100.00 – 115.00 2 1300

131.00 – 146.00 FXD63A250 4 1700

162.00 – 177.00 CFD63A250 6 2100

177.00 – 192.00 7 2300

192.00 – 227.00 High 2500

Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all

other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance.

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuits

Application

17/93

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-68, 17/92



The selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with

Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended

circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special

consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting.

b

For panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for

the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used.

c

For non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the

FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for

the LD6.

Breaker Mounted at a Distance From

Motor Starter

ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers

conform to the National Electrical Code

table 430-152 requirements for motor

branch and feeder circuit protection

when properly applied in conjunction with

motor-running overcurrent protective

devices. The recommended

circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide

adequate time delay for starting the

majority of three phase induction motors.

To determine the ampere ratings of the ET

breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the

rating of the ET breaker used to protect

the largest motor branch circuit in the

group to the full-load currents of the

remaining motors in the group.

Interrupt Ratings

For normal commercial purposes,

available fault current can conveniently

be obtained in the Interrupting

Selector Tables.

Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter)

3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters).

Motor

200 and 208V Motors 230V Motors 460V Motors 575V Motors

Horse- 240V Circuit Breaker Data 240V Circuit Breaker Data 480V Circuit Breaker Data 600V Circuit Breaker Data 

power Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere Breaker Catalog Ampere

Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating Type Number Rating

0001⁄2 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

0003⁄4 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

001 BQb BQ3B015 015 BQb BQ3B015 015 ED4 ED43B015 015 ED6 ED63B015 015

0011⁄2 BQ3B015 015 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

002 BQ3B020 020 BQ3B015 015 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

003 BQ3B030 030 BQ3B020 020 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

005 BQ3B040 040 BQ3B030 030 ED43B015 015 ED63B015 015

0071⁄2 BQ3B060 060 BQ3B050 050 ED43B030 030 ED63B020 020

010 BQb BQ3B070 070 BQb BQ3B070 070 ED4 ED43B030 030 ED6 ED63B030 030

015 BQ3B100 100 BQ3B090 090 ED43B040 040 ED63B035 035

020 BQ3B100 100 ED43B050 050 ED63B050 050

025 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090 FXD63B060 060

030 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B150 150 FXD63B100 100 FXD6 FXD63B070 070

040 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B175 175 FXD6 FXD63B125 125 FXD63B090 090

050 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B200 200 FXD63B150 150 FDX63B100 100

FXD63B225 225

060 JXD2 JXD23B300 300 — — — FXD6, FD6 FXD63B150 150 FXD6 FXD63B100 100

075 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B350 350 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B125 125

100 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 JXD2 JXD23B400 400 FD6c FD63B250 250 FXD6, FD6 FD63B175 175

JD6c JD63B250 250

125 LD6c or LD63B600 600 LD6c or LD63B500 or 500 JD6c JD63B300 300 FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200

LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD6 LMD63B500 OR JD6c JD63B200 200

150 LD6c or LD63B600 or 600 LMD6 LD63B600 or 600 JD6c JD63B300 300 FXD6 or FXD63B225 225

LMD6 LMD63B600 LMD63B600 JD6c JD63B225 225

200 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 LMD6 LMD63B800 800 JD6c JD63B350 350 JD6c JD63B300 300

250 — — — — — — JD6c JD63B400 400 JD6c JD63B400 400

300 — — — — — — LD6c or LD63B600 or 600 JD6c JD63B400 400

LMD6 LMD63B600

350 — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B700 700 LD6c or LD63B500 or 500

LMD6 LMD63B500

400 — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800 LD6c or LD63B600 or 600

LMD6 LMD63B600

500 — — — — — — — — — LMD6 LMD63B800 800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuits

Application

17/94 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-69, 17/93

Note:

Tolerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489

(7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given

in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15%

to nominal values.

Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the

breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instan-

taneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating

knob, then rotate to desired position.

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic

Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number

Type Amperes Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

3 9 15 21 27 30 — — 33 HEM3M003L — —

7 21 35 49 63 70 — — 77 HEM3M007L — —

15 45 75 100 135 150 — — 165 HEM3M015L — —

HEM 30 90 150 210 270 300 — — 330 HEM3M030L — —

50 150 250 350 450 500 — — 550 HEM3M050L — —

70 210 350 490 630 700 — — 770 HEM3M070L — —

100 300 500 700 900 1000 — — 1100 HEM3M100L — —

1 2.6 4.5 6 7.5 — — — 9 ED63A001 — —

2 7 11 15 19 — — — 22 ED63A002 — —

3 10 17 23 30 — — — 35 ED63A003 — —

5 16 26 36 46 — — — 54 ED63A005 — —

10 30 50 70 85 — — — 100 ED63A010 — —

ED6 25 55 90 125 155 — — — 180 ED63A025 — —

30 80 135 185 235 — — — 270 ED63A030 — —

40 115 185 255 325 — — — 375 ED63A040 — —

50 180 300 410 520 — — — 600 ED63A050 — —

100 315 540 740 890 — — — 1000 ED63A100 — —

125 500 720 920 1100 — — — 1250 ED63A125 — —

1 2.6 4.5 6 7.5 — — — 9 CED63A001n — —

2 7 11 15 19 — — — 22 CED63A002n — —

3 10 17 23 30 — — — 35 CED63A003n — —

5 16 26 36 46 — — — 54 CED63A005n — —

10 30 50 70 85 — — — 100 CED63A010n — —

CED6 25 55 90 125 155 — — — 180 CED63A025n — —

30 80 135 185 235 — — — 270 CED63A030n — —

40 115 185 255 325 — — — 375 CED63A040n — —

50 180 300 410 520 — — — 600 CED63A050 — —

100 315 540 740 890 — — — 1000 CED63A100 — —

125 500 720 920 1100 — — — 1250 CED63A125 — —

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B070 FXD63B070

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B080 FXD63B080

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FXD62B090 FXD63B090

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FXD62B100 FXD63B100

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FXD62B110 FXD63B110

125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FXD62B125 FXD63B125

FXD6-A 150 400 460 520 580 640 700 760 820 FXD63L150 — —

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 FXD63A150 FXD62B150 FXD63B150

150 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 FXD63H150 — —

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FXD62B175 FXD63B175

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FXD62B200 FXD63B200

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FXD62B225 FXD63B225

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 FXD63A250 FXD62B250 FXD63B250

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B070 FD63B070

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B080 FD63B080

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — FD62B090 FD63B090

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FD62B100 FD63B100

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — FD62B110 FD63B110

FD6-A 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FD62B125 FD63B125

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — FD62B150 FD63B150

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FD62B175 FD63B175

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — FD62B200 FD63B200

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FD62B225 FD63B225

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — FD62B250 FD63B250

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B070 HFD63B070

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B080 HFD63B080

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — HFD62B090 HFD63B090

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — HFD62B100 HFD63B100

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — HFD62B110 HFD63B110

HFD6 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — HFD62B125 HFD63B125

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — HFD62B150 HFD63B150

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — HFD62B175 HFD63B175

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — HFD62B200 HFD63B200

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — HFD62B225 HFD63B225

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — HFD62B250 HFD63B250

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B070

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B080

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — — HHFD63B090

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — — HHFD63B100

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — — HHFD63B110

HHFD6 125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — — HHFD63B125

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — — HHFD63B150

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — — HHFD63B175

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — — HHFD63B200

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — — HHFD63B225

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — — HHFD63B250

70 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B070 CFD63B070

80 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B080 CFD63B080

90 600 640 690 730 770 810 850 900 — CFD62B090 CFD63B090

100 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — CFD62B100 CFD63B100

110 700 770 840 920 990 1060 1140 1200 — CFD62B110 CFD63B110

125 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 — CFD62B125 CFD63B125

CFD6 150 400 460 520 580 640 700 760 820 CFD63L150 — —

150 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 CFD63A150 CFD62B150 CFD63B150

150 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 CFD63H150 — —

175 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — CFD62B175 CFD63B175

200 900 1060 1210 1370 1520 1780 1930 2000 — CFD62B200 CFD63B200

225 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 — CFD62B225 CFD63B225

250 1100 1300 1500 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 CFD63A250 CFD62B250 CFD63B250

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings

Application

17/95

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-70, 17/94

Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic

Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number

Type Amperes Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B200 JXD23B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B225 JXD23B225

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B250 JXD23B250

JXD2(A) 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD22B300 JXD23B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD22B350 JXD23B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD22B400 JXD23B400

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B200 JXD63B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B225 JXD63B225

JXD6(A) 250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B250 JXD63B250

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JXD62B300 JXD62B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD62B350 JXD23B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JXD62B400 JXD23B400

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B200 JD63B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B225 JD63B225

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B250 JD63B250

JD6(A) 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — JD62B300 JD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — JD62B350 JD63B350

400 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 JXD63L400 — —

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 JXD63H400 JD62B400 JD63B400

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B200 HJD63B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B225 HJD63B225

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B250 HJD63H250

HJD6(A) 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HJD62B300 HJD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HJD62B350 HJD63B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HJD62H400 HJD63B400

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B200 HHJD63B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B225 HHJD63B225

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B250 HHJD63B250

HHJD6 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHJD62B300 HHJD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHJD62B350 HHJD63B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHJD62B400 HHJD63B400

200 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B200

225 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B225

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B250

CJD6 300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CJD63B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 CJD63H400 — CJD63B400

400 1250 1450 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 CJD63L400 — —

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LXD62B450 LXD63B450

LXD6(A) 500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LXD62B500 LXD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LXD62B600 LXD63B600

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — LD62B250 LD63B250

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — LD62B300 LD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B350 LD63B350

400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B400 LD63B400

LD6(A) 450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — LD62B450 LD63B450

500 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LD62B500 LD63B500

600 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 LXD63L600 — —

600 3000 3430 3800 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 LXD63H600 LD62B600 LD63B600

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HLD62B250 HLD63B250

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HLD62B300 HLD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B350 HLD63B350

HLD6(A) 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B400 HLD63B400

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HLD62B450 HLD63B450

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLD62B500 HLD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLD62B600 HLD63B600

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHLD62B250 HHLD63B250

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — HHLD62B300 HHLD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B350 HHLD63B350

HHLD6 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B400 HHLD63B400

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — HHLD62B450 HHLD63B450

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HHLD62B500 HHLD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HHLD62B600 HHLD63B600

250 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B250

300 1250 1430 1610 1790 1960 2140 2320 2500 — — CJD63B300

350 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CJD63B350

CLD6 400 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CJD63B400

450 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 — — CLD63B450

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — CLD63B500

600 2000 2290 2570 2860 3140 3430 3710 4000 CLD63L600 — —

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 CLD63H600 — CLD63B600

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — LMXD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMXD62B600 LMXD63B600

LMXD6 700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMXD62B700 LMXD63B700

800 2800 3100 3400 3700 4000 4800 5500 6000 LMXD63L800 — —

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 LMXD63A800 LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMD62B500 LMD63B500

LMD6 600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — LMD62B600 LMD63B600

700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMD62B700 LMD63B700

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — LMD62B800 LMD63B800

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings

Application

17/96 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-71, 17/95

Maximum Nominal ETI Motor Circuit Protector Thermal Magnetic

Breaker Continuous AC Adjustable Trip Range Catalog Number Catalog Number

Type Amperes Low 2 3 4 5 6 7 High 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HLMXD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HLMXD63B600

HLMXD6 700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — — HLMXD63B700

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — — HLMXD63B800

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLMD62B500 HLMD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HLMD62B600 HLMD63B600

HLMD6 700 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — HLMD62B700 HLMD63B700

800 3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300 8000 — HLMD62B800 HLMD63B800

500 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MD62B500 MD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MD62B600 MD63B600

MD6 700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — MD62B700 MD63B700

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 MXD63L800 — —

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 MXD63A800 MD62B800 MD63B800

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 MXD63H800 — —

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MXD62B500 MXD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — MXD62B600 MXD63B600

MXD6 700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — MXD62B700 MXD63B700

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 MXD63L800 — —

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 MXD63A800 MXD62B800 MXD63B800

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 MXD63H800 — —

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HMD62B500 HMD63B500

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — HMD62B500 HMD63B600

HMD6 700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HMD62B700 HMD63B700

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HMD62B800 HMD63B800

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HMXD63B500

HMXD6 600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — HMXD63B600

700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — HMXD63B700

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — HMXD63B800

400 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — —

500 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — —

600 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 — — CMD63B600

CMD6 700 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — CMD63B700

800 3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570 6000 CMD63L800 — —

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 CMD63A800 — CMD63B800

800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 CMD63H800 — —

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — ND62B800 ND63B800

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B900 ND63B900

ND6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B100 ND63B100

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — ND62B120 ND63B120

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B900 NXD63B900

NXD6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B100 NXD63B100

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — NXD62B120 NXD63B120

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — HND62B800 HND63B800

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B900 HND63B900

HND6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B100 HND63B100

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — HND62B120 HND63B120

900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B900

HNXD6 1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B100

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HNXD63B120

800 4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420 8000 — — CND63B800

CND6 900 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B900

1000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B100

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CND63B120

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B120

PD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B140

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PD63B160

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B120

PXD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B140

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — PXD63B160

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B120

HPD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B140

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPD63B160

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B120

HPXD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B140

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HPXD63B160

1200 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B120

CPD6 1400 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B140

1600 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — CPD63B160

1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RD63B180

RD6 2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RD63B200

RXD6 1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RXD63B180

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — RXD63B200

HRD6 1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRD63B180

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRD63B200

HRXD6 1800 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRXD63B180

2000 5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000 — — HRXD63B200

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings

Application

17/97

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Lugs pages 17/101 to 17/103

Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-72, 17/96

Maximum 2-Pole 3-Pole Self-Protective

Frame Instantaneous

Amp Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number Override±20%c

1100 BQ2S060n BQ3S060n 11000

BQ2S100n BQ3S100n 11000

1125 ED22S100An ED23S100A 11000

ED42S100An ED43S100A 11000

ED42S125An ED43S125A 11000

ED62S100An ED63S100A 11000

— ED63S125A 11000

CED62S100An CED63S100An 11000

CED62S125An CED63S125An 11000

—

HES3S100L 11250

—

HES3S125L 11250

1225 QJ22S225An QJ23S225A 12000

1250 FXD62S250A FXD63S250A 13200

HFXD62S250An HFXD63S250An 13200

 CFD63S250An 13200

1400 JXD22S400An JXD23S400A 16000

—

JXD63S400A 16000

—

HJXD63S400An 16000

 CJD63S400An 16000

1600

—

LXD63S600A 16000

—

HLXD63S600An 16000

 CLD63S600An 16000

1800

—

LMXD63S800An 18000

—

MXD63S800A 18000

 CMD63S800A 18000

1200

—

NXD63S120A 10000

 CND63S120An 10000

1600  PXD63S160Ae 10000

2000  RXD63S200Ane 10000

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit

breaker.

b

For additional lugs see pages 17/101 to 17/103.

c

Molded case switches up to R frame contain a self

protecting instantaneous element, which may open

circuit above their override set point.

d

UL file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and

CSA LR 42022-51.

e

Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302.

Ordering Information

Order by catalog number. Switches

include frame and self protective trip

unit only. Order lugs separately from

pages 17/101 to 17/103.

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect

Selection

17/98 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-73, 17/98

The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit

breaker is a true RMS current sensing

device. Digital microprocessor

circuitry within the electronic trip unit

provides more precise control over

the circuit breaker functions. This

control allows circuit coordination

flexibility not available with thermal

magnetic circuit breakers.

Letter “A” is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only.

Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker.

SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6

SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6

Short

Cont Long Instan- Short Short Time Ground Ground

Catalog Number Trip Current Time taneous Time Time l2t Fault Fault

(Description + Suffix) Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay Pick Up Pick Up Delay

Basic Unit + (A) LI   

Basic Unit + (A)G LIG     

Basic Unit + (A)NT LSI      

Basic Unit + (A)NGT LSIG        

ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere

rating.

lr = Current Rating — a function of

continuous ampere adjustment

setting expressed in % of ln .

lg = Ground Fault Pickup — a function

of adjustment setting expressed in

% of ln .

Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series

Technical

17/99

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-74, 17/99

A

u

ln = 800 amperes.

B

u

lr = 560 amperes (70% of 800).

C

u

Delay = 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x lr).

Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360

amperes.

D

u

Short Time Pick-Up Off — Instantaneous can be used.

E

u

Instantaneous set at 10 x lr = 10 x 560 = 5600

amperes.

F

u

Short Time Pick-Up On — Set at 8 = 8 x 560 = 4480

amperes.

G

u

Short Time Delay = .5 seconds. (Definite Time)

Note:

G

u

&

H

u

are mutually exclusive.

H

u

l2t switch on .28 seconds @ 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes.

(Inverse time)

I

u

Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of ln = 320

amperes. (Definite Time)

J

u

Ground Fault Delay set at .2 seconds. Breaker will trip in

200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault.

D. Adjustable “Short Time

Pick-Up” Switch (Optional)

Sensitrip III circuit breakers

with an adjustable short time

pick-up switch allow for

selection of short time

pick-up in a range from 1.5

to 10 times the setting of the

maximum current rating.

E. Adjustable “Short Time

Delay” Switch (Optional)

Sensitrip III circuit breakers

with an adjustable short time

pick-up switch also contain a

switch for adjustment in

time delay. The adjustable

short time delay switch

allows for either of two

modes of short time delays.

One range of settings

enables the breaker to be set

for fixed time delays and the

other range of settings

enables the breaker to be set

for short time delays based

on l2t curves.

Adjustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up”

Switch

Sensitrip III circuit breakers

containing the optional equipment

ground fault protection cover the

ground fault pick-up range of 20% to

70% of the circuit breaker frame

rating. The ground fault pick-up

settings also allow for one of three

time delays based on 12t curves.

For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an

external neutral transformer is

required with an ampere rating

equal to the trip unit ampere rating.

ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating.

lr = Current Rating — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.

lg = Ground Fault Pick-up — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.

Examples of Adjustment Settings

Catalog Number SMD69800A

Catalog Number SMD69800ANGT

Long Short Time Short Time Ground Ground

lr Time Pick-Up Instantaneous Pick-Up Short Time l2T Fault Fault

ln Setting Delay Off Setting On Delay Set Pick-Up Delay

800 amperes 070 20 — 10 lr 8 lr .5 .28 40 .2

Results 560 20 sec. — 5600A 4480A .5 secs .28 sec @ 4480A 320A .2 sec

A

u B

u C

u D

u E

u F

u G

u H

u I

u J

u

A. Adjustable “Continuous

Amps” Rating Switch

All Sensitrip III solid state

molded case circuit breakers

have an adjustable

ampere rating switch.

Adjustments made to this

switch change the

continuous current rating of

the breaker from 20% to

100% of its maximum trip

unit rating depending on

the circuit breaker frame.

B. Adjustable “Long Time

Delay” Switch

All Sensitrip III circuit

breakers have an

adjustable long time delay

switch to allow for

selection of long time

delays of fixed time

intervals at six times the

setting of the adjustable

“continuous amps”

rating switch.

C. Adjustable “Instantaneous

Pick-Up” Switch

Sensitrip III circuit breakers

with an adjustable

instantaneous trip switch

allow selection of a tripping

point from related to the

adjusted circuit breaker

Rating (lr).

Continuous Long Time Instantaneous

In = 800 Current Setting Delay Setting Setting

In = 800 amperes 30 12 8

Results 240 amperes 12 seconds trip 1920 amperes

lr = 30% of 800 at 6 x 240 amps = 1440. 8 x lr = 8 x 240

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series

Technical

17/100 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-79, 17/100

Trip Units and Application

Component ZSI (only) Access

Type with and/or

Sensitrip ZSI with

MCCB’S Sensitrip

MCCB’s

EP 3 3

MTZb 3

MTAb 3

EPC Cable 3 3

MTC Cablec 3 3

Cables & Connectors

Electronic & Display Devices

The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the

breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip

unit on the breaker with a “Ribbon Cable”, EPC08 e.g., and the

Multiplexor Translator with the “Telephone Cable” (an RJ-11 cable)

MTCSB08 e.g.

Breaker Type Features Catalog Number

SJD, SLD Zone Interlocking Only MTZ

SMD, SND Full Communications

SPD with Zone Interlocking MTA

Multiplexor Translator

Breaker Type Length Catalog Number

SJD, SLD 8’ MTC08

SMD, SND, 15’ MTC15

SPD 25’ MTC25

50’ MTC50

Telephone Cables

Breaker Type Length Catalog Number

SJD, SLD 06” EPC06

SMD, SND 08” EPC08

SPD 12” EPC12n

18” EPC18

24” EPC24n

Ribbon Cables

Breaker Frame Mounting

Type Size Type Catalog Number

Sensitrip ALL ALL EP

Expansion Plug

The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone

selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective

interlocking function with interface to ACCESS® Systems.

Component Selection Guide

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

 When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory.

b One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required.

c Always required when multiple MT’s are used.

One additional cable per each additional MT.

Trip Unit Test Set

Type Catalog Number

SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable TS31

Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable TS31CABLE

Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit

Breaker Type Catalog Number

SJD, SLD, SMD SADU

SND, SPD SADURMK18

The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection

functions of the circuit breaker’s trip unit, including long-time, short-

time, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current

injections.

The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time meter-

ing for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The

unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays

for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional

features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current

displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs,

and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type

of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA

certified.

The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device

mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switch-

board spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior

panel, or wall mounting capability.

The 2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data,

such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously.

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Electronic and Communications Accessories

Selection

SADUAmmeterDisplayUnit

▪

Directplug-inorPanelMounting*

▪

TripUnitPowered&Batteryback-up

▪

2x16LCDAlphanumericDisplay*

▪

AmmeterDisplayFunctions

 —RMSPhaseCurrents

 —AverageCurrent*

 —CurrentDemand*

 —GroundCurrent

 —CurrentUnbalance(%)*

▪

BreakerStatus

 —Normal

 —ImpendingTrip*

▪

TimeStampedTripLog

(last5)

 —Time&Date*

 —TripCause:

  LT,ST,GF,SC

▪

MaxLog(withdate&time)

 —MaxPhaseCurrent*

 —MaxAverageCurrent*

 —MaxGroundCurrent*

 —MaxUnbalanceCurrent*

 —MaxCurrentDemand*

*UniqueFeatures

17/101

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-81, 17/102

For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog

With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number

Line Side

15–40 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1b

1 #12–#6 AWG Al

45–125 1 #8–#1 AWG Cu TA1Q1b

1 #6–#1/0 AWG Al

Load Side

15–20 1 #14–#10 AWG Cu

1 #12–#10 AWG Al

25–35 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu

1 #12–#6 AWG Al

40–50 1 #8–#6 AWG Cu Lugs are integral to

1 #8–#4 AWG Al Circuit Breaker

55–70 1 #8–#4 AWG Cu

1 #8–#2 AWG Al

80–100 1 #4–#1/0 AWG Cu

1 #2–#1/0 AWG Al

110–125 1 #2–#1/0 AWG Cu

1 #1/0–#2/0 AWG Al

Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side

BQD, CQD 15–40 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu Integral

BQD6, CQD6 #12–#6 AWG Al

45–100 1 #8–#1 AWG Cu Integral

#6–#1/0 AWG Al

15–30 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu TC1Q1

#12–#6 AWG Al

15–30 1 #14–#6 AWG Cu 3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3)

NGG, HGG, #12–#6 AWG Al

LGG 35–125 1 #8–#1/0 AWG Cu 3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3)

#8–#2/0 AWG Al

15–125 — NUT KEEPER PLATE TNKG3c (pkg. of 3)

15-125 1 #14-3/0 AWG Cu 3TW1EG30 (pkg. of 3)

15-125 1 #14-1/0 AWG Cu/Al 3TA1EG10 (pkg. of 3)

NEG, HEG 15-125 1 #6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI 3TA1EG30 (pkg. of 3)

15-125 — Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole) TNKE3 (pkg. of 3)

15-125 — Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole) TNKE4 (pkg. of 4)

Note:

(A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity

of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or

75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity

greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with

75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit

breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in

article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National

Electrical Code.

(B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in

conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.



Lug is steel.

b

Sold in package of six.

c

One nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the

NGG breaker.

BQ, BQH,

BQHF

BQE,

BQF,

BL, BLH,

HBL,

HBQ

Switching

Neutrals

BG,

BLG

Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.

Lug information

Mechanical Lug

Selection

17/102 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-82, 17/103



Use TA2K500 or TA3K500 only.

b

Used for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers.

Rated for 90° C cable.

cContains 2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.

dContains 3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.

For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Catalog

With Type(s) Ampere Rating Lug Lug Wire Range Number

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, 60–225 1 #6 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu) TA1Q300 (pkg. of 3)

HQJ2, HQJ2H #4 AWG–300 kcmil (Al)

15–25 1 #14–#10 AWG (Cu)

#12–#10 AWG (Al) SA1E025

30–100 1 #10–#1/0 (Cu or Al) LN1E100

110–125 1 #3-3/0 (Cu) TA1E6125

#1-2/0 (Al)

LD1E060

30–60 1 #10–4 (Cu or Al) (Load Side)

LD1E100

70–100 1 #4–#1/0 (Cu or Al) (Load Side)

FXD6-A, FD6-A,

HFD6, 70–250 1 #6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) TA1FD350A

CFD6 #4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al)

HHFD6

SJD6(A),

SHJD6(A) 65-200 1–2 #4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al) TA2J630

SCJD6

JXD2(A), JXD6(A),

JD6(A), SJD6(A),

HJD6(A), HJXD6(A) 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)

HHJXD6, HHJD6, 200–400 1–2 4/0–500 kcmil (Al) TA2J6500

SHJD6(A), CJD6,

SCJD6

LXD6(A), LD6(A),

SLD6(A), HLD6(A), 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)

HLXD6(A), HHLXD6, 250–600 1–2 4/0–500 kcmil (Al) TA2J6500

HHLD6, SHLD6(A),

CLD6, SCLD6

LMD6, LMXD6,

HLMD6, 500–600 1–2 #1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2K500

HLMXD6, MD6,

MXD6, SMD6,

HMD6, HMXD6, 1–3 1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA3K500

SHMD6, CMD6, 500–800 1–2 500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA2N750b

SCMD6

ND6, 250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) 2TA4P8500bc

NXD6, SND6, 3TA4P8500bd

HND6, HNXD6, 800–1200 1–4

SHND6, CND6, 250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al) 2TA4N8500 c

SCND6 3TA4N8500d

PD6, HPD6,

CPD6

PXD6, 1200–1600 1–5 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA5P600

HPXD6,

SPD6,

SHPD6

PD6, PXD6,

HPD6, HPXD6,

SPD6, SHPD6, 1200–2000 1–6 300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al) TA6R600

RD6, RXD6,

HRD6, HRXD6, STD

All 2, 3-pole

ED2, ED4, ED6,

ED6 ETI,

HED4,

HHED6

CED6

All 1-pole

ED, HED

Lug information

Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire

Selection

17/103

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-83, 17/104

Product Category: MCCB

For Use Circuit Breaker Cables Per Lug Qty Per

With Type Ampere Rating Lug Material Lug Wire Range Catalog No Catalog Number

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2H, 60–225 1 Cu #6 AWG–250 kcmil (Cu) 3 TC1Q250

HQJ2, HQJ2H

ED, HED 1, 2 & 3-pole 1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125 1 Cu #10–#1/0 (Cu) TC1ED6150

HFD6, HHFD6, 70–250 1 Cu #6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1FD350

CFD6, F(X)D6-A

J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A), 1 Cu 3/0–600 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC1J6600

HJD6(A), HHJD6, 200–600 1–2 3/0–500 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC2J6500

SHJD6(A), L(X)D6(A),

HHLD6, SCD6,

HLD6(A), SHLD6(A), 1 Al 500–750 kcmil (Al) 1 TA1L6750

CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6, 250–600 1 500–600 kcmil (Cu)

SCLD6

SMD6, M(X)D6, 500–600 1–2 Cu #1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC2K500

HM(X)D6, HMD6, 1–3 Cu #1 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC3K350

CMD6, SCMD6, SND6, 700–800 1–2 Al 500–750 kcmil (Cu) 2 2TA2N8750

N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, 500–750 kcmil (Al) 3 3TA2N8750

SHND6, CND6, SCND6 800–1200 1–3 Al 500–750 kcmil (Cu) 2 2TA3N8750

500–750 kcmil (Al) 3 3TA3N8750

R(X)D6, HR(X)D6 1600–2000 1–5 Cu 300–600 kcmil (Cu) 1 TC5R600

P(X)D6, HP(X)D6, 1200–1600 1–4 Al 600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al) 1 TA4P750s

CPD6, SPD6, SHPD6

Compression Lugs

Ampere Lugs

For Circuit Breaker Types Rating Poles Per Kit Lug Wire Size Catalog Number

Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit)

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15–125 1, 2, 3 1 #2/0 AWG Cu/Al CCE125

QJ2, QJH2, QJ2-H 125–225 2, 3 1 350 kcmil Cu/Al CCQ225

F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 125–250 2, 3 1 350 kcmil CCF250

JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A, 200–600 2, 3 1 500 kcmil CCL600

SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6

Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker)

M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6 500–800 2 6 CCM800K2

3 9 500 kcmil CCM800K3

N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6 900–1200 2 8 CCN1200K2

3 12 CCN1200K3

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.  Used for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers.

b Special purpose wire connectors, not for general use.

Ampere Lugs Wires

For Circuit Breaker Types Rating Poles Per kit Per Lug Lug Wire Size Catalog Number

NGG, HGG, LGG 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 #6-#4 AL TA6GG04

#14-#4 Cu

NEG, HEG 15-125 1,2,3 3 3 #14-#2 AWG Cu 3TA3EG02

NEG, HEG 15-125 1,2,3 3 6 #14-#6 AWG Cu 3TA6EG06

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6 15-125 1,2,3 1 6 #14-#4 AWG Cu TA6ED06

#6-#4 AWG Al

F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6 70-250 2,3 1 6 #14-#4 AWG Cu TA6FD04

#6-#4 AWG Al

JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A, 200-600 2,3 1 6 #14-2/0 AWG Cu

SJD6, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A, #6-2/0 AWG Al TA6JD20

SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6

Distribution Lugsb

Lug information

Optional Mechanical Lugs

Selection

17/104 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Modifications

General Selection

A variety of internal and external

accessories, as well as modifications,

are available to adapt Siemens circuit

breakers to special installation

requirements. UL listed internal

accessories for 100 through 2000A

circuit breakers are field-addable.

Internal accessories fine tune an

electrical distribution system,

allowing control of the circuit breakers to

meet special application requirements.

For example, emergency situations may

dictate tripping critically placed circuit

breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish

this conveniently and efficiently.

Or, when voltage drops are a concern,

undervoltage trips automatically open

the circuit breaker at a predetermined

voltage level.

A wide range of external operating and

mounting accessories is also available.

For example, face, shallow, and back

mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ

circuit breakers to OEM applications.

A complete line of operating handles

and handle-blocking devices meet

switchboard, enclosure and safety

needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies,

which simplify switchboard mounting of

circuit breakers and permit breaker

removal without disconnecting bus or

cable connections, are available.

UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers

Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use

on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels.

Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron

ED through RD frames can be labeled “NAVAL” in compliance

with UL 489 Supplement SB.

Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests.

The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to

subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant fre-

quency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the fre-

quency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at

each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run

from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three

orthogonal axes of the breaker.

During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed

position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position.

Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test.

For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB.

Types UL File

BQD/CQD E10848, Vol 10, Sec 1

GG E10848, Vol 10, Sec 2

GB E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3

ED2, ED4, ED6, IIED4, HED6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11

CED6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13

FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17

CFD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18

JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8

HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6

HHJD6, HHJXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20

CJD6, CLD6 E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14

MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15

ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6

PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6, E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19

RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6

Ordering Information

For “NAVAL” label, add $75. net per catalog number per order.

Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens

Sales Office.

50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers

or 400HZ calibrated breakers.

For BL Type Circuit Breakers

— Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number

(Example: B120M) ....................................................................................No Charge

For BQ, QJ2, and ED Frame Circuit Breakers

— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’ .................................................No Charge

(Example: BQ3M060, QJ23M200, ED63M060)

For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers

Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only) ................................................No Charge

— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’

(Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400)

400 HZ Calibration

UL Listed (5KA IR)

For BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.) ...........................................Add 25% to list price

— Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number

Not UL Listed

For all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 6-152 and order standard circuit breakers.

Fungus Proofing

All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG

Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment.

For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers ............................................................Add $10.00 net per pole

— Consult Sales Office for Availability

For all other Circuit Breaker Types .................................................................Add $160.00 net per device

— Consult Sales Office for Availability

Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $210.00 net

Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped.

The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement

must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user.

17/105

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Internal Accessories

General



Factory assembled only

b

If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module

can be installed in the right pocket.

c

If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module

can be installed.

d

If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module

can be installed in the left pocket.

e

One module per column.

Shunt Trip (ST)

One or all critical circuit breakers may

be tripped from a distant control point

by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt

trip operates through an auxiliary switch

contact; when the breaker opens, current

is not maintained on the shunt trip coil.

Undervoltage Trip (UVT)

When voltage drops to a value below 35%

of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage

trip device automatically opens the breaker.

The operation is instantaneous, and the

circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the

voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The

undervoltage trip, which is continuously

energized, must be energized before the

circuit breaker can be closed.

Auxiliary Switch (AUX)

For applications requiring remote “on” or

“off” indication (or electrical interlocking),

auxiliary switches are available. Each

switch comprises an “A” (open when

circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed

when circuit breaker is open) contact with

a common connection. (Form C)

Alarm Switch (ALSW)

The alarm switch contact is closed when

the circuit breaker is opened automatically

by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or

undervoltage trip. The alarm switch

contact is open when the circuit

breaker is reset.

Feature Combinations

The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations

of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability.

Modules Avail. On ST/ UVT/ Elect.

Per Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/ UVT/ UVT/ AUX/ AUX/ Bell Ground Grd fault

Breakers Breaker Poles ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX ALSW ALSW AUX ALSW ALSW Alarm fault w/Bell

QP, BQ, BL



1 1, 2, 3 1 — — — — — 1,2 — — — — —

BQD, CQD, GB, GG 1 2, 3 1 1/1 — — — — 1,2 1/1 1 — — —

QJ



1 3 1 1/1 — — — — 2 — — — — —

All ED 1 1, 2, 3 1 1/1,1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1 1/1, 1/2 1/1 1/1/1 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1 — 1 1

All FD 2 2, 3 1 — — — 1 1/1 — — 1, 2 1/1 1 — — —

All JD, LD, LMD

b

2 2, 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — —

SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6,

SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6

c

1 3 1 1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 1/2 1, 2 — — —

All MD, ND, PD, RD

Including Electronic 2 2, 3 1 1/1 — — 1 1/1, 1/2 — — 1, 2 1/1, 2/1 1, 2 — — —

trip

d

1 NC / 1 NO,

2 NC / 2 NO,

STD

e

6 3 1 — — — 1 — — — 3 NC / 3 NO, — 1 1 — —

4 NC / 4 NO,

5 NC / 5 NO,

6 NC / 6 NO

For ED Frames For FD Frames For JD and LD Frames

17/106 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Circuit Breakers

Accessories

Circuit Breaker Accessories defgh

Catalog Number For Use With Breaker Type Number of Poles Standard Package

Padlocking Device

For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally

ECPLD1 Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD 1P 3 Pieces

ECPLD2 Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,

BQXD

2P 3 Pieces

ECPLD2R Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,

BQXD (Red Color)

2P 3 Pieces

ECPLD3 Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE, BQ 3P 1 Piece

ECPLD3R Type QP, BL, QAF, QPF, QE, BQ (Red Color) 3P 1 Piece

ECQLD3 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces

ECQLD4 Type QT-Duplex QT-Duplex Breakers 10 Pieces

ECQLN3b150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR n/a 1 Piece

ECQTH4 Type QP, BL, BQH Designed for (3) 1P Breakers 1 Piece

Handle Tie

Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles.

ECQTH2 Type QT Duplex Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers 25 Pieces

ECQTH3 Type QP, BL 2P 50 Pieces

Mechanical Interlock

ECQML12 Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket Designed for 1” Breaker 10 Pieces

Handle Blocking Device

For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device

ECQL1 Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD 1P 10 Pieces

ECBX231M Type QT-Duplex 1/2” Breakers 10 Pieces

Main Breaker Retainer

ECMBR1cEQ Load Centers 1 Piece

ECMBR2 Ultimate Load Centers 1 Piece

Mounting Accessories

MB120 Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips 1P 20 Pieces

FP9508 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 1P 10 Pieces

FP9555 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 2P 10 Pieces

FP9556 Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE 3P 10 Pieces

SMB6R Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET 1P, 2P, 3P 6 Pieces

TCH65K Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER 500 Pieces

BR2 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 2P 10 Pieces

BR3 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 3P 10 Pieces

BR4 Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates 4P 10 Pieces

I0204ML1125 Type QP Back Mounting Plates 1P, 2P 10 Pieces

I0303ML3100 Type QP Back Mounting Plates 3P 10 Pieces

Replacement Lugs

TA1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS n/a 6 Pieces

TC1Q1 Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS n/a 6 Pieces

Finger Shield

BQFS1K Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack) n/a 1000 Pieces

BQFS2 Type BQXD Finger Shield n/a 2 Pieces

Filler Plate

ECQF3 1” Filler Plate n/a 5 Pieces

n

Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery

 For a complete list of standby power mechanical inter-

lock kits, see the Standby Generator Section XXXX

b For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers

c Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit

Breakers

d QP Type includes QPH, HQP

e BL Type includes BLH, HBL

f BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ

g QAF Type includes QAFH, BAF, BAFH

h QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF

 QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH

17/107

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Circuit Breakers

Accessories

White header

Padlocking Device

ECPLD2 ECQLD3 ECQLD4 ECQTH4

ECPLD1

Handle Tie

ECQTH3

ECQTH2

Handle Blocking Device

ECBX231M

ECQL1

Main Breaker Retainer

ECMBR2

ECMBR1

Mechanical Interlock

ECQML12

Mounting Accessories

FP9508 FP9555 FP9556

MB120 I0204ML1125

SMB6R

17/108 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-86, 17/105

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.



Sold only in standard package quantities.

FD Padlocking

Device

FD6PLI

FD Handle

Blocking Device

FD6HB1

Handle

Extension

EX11

Handle Ties with Padlock Device

Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles.

Do not provide common trip.

For Use With Catalog Standard Wt Lb/

Breaker Frame(s) Number Package Std Pkg

BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB BQDHT2 10 1⁄2

BQDHT3 10 1⁄2

Padlocking Devices

For locking breaker in “OFF” position.

All QJ HL9419 10 1⁄4

All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB BQDPLD 01 1⁄8

NGG, HGG, LGG HPLG 01 1⁄4

EB, 1- thru 3-pole HPLEB 01 1⁄8

EG, 3- and 4-pole only HPLE 01 1⁄4

All ED ED2HPL 01 1⁄4

All FD FD6PL1 01 1⁄4

All JD, LD, LMD JD6HPL 01 1⁄4

All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6PLD 01 1⁄4

Handle Blocking Devices

For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position.

Not a lockout/tagout device.

All QJ QJHS1 25 1

All BQD, CQD, GG, GB BQDHBD 01 1⁄4

EG HBDE 01 1⁄4

All ED E2HBL 01 1⁄4

All FD FD6HB1 01 1⁄2

All JD, LD, LMD JD6HBL 01 1⁄2

All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6BL 01 1⁄2

Handle Extensions

For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker.

All MD, ND, PD, RD EX11 01 2

Terminal Shields

Catalog Standard

Breaker Type Poles Number Package

NGG, HGG, LGG 3 TSSG3A 1

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection

17/109

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-87, 17/106

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



Kit consists of 4 screws and washers.

b

Consists of 1 screw and washers (order 100).

c

Consists of 1 screw and washers (order 50).

d

With mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be

installed into circuit breaker right pole.

e

Addition of the mechanical interlock will prevent

accessory installation in the left pole.

f

Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List

Price Each times package quantity for full price.

g

Mechanical interlock is not designed for use within

Siemens panelboards.

Mounting Screw Kits

CQD, CQD6 CQDSMK 1 11⁄4

NGG, HGG, LGG MSKG4 1 1⁄4

All QJ MSQJ 1 1

All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits) MSE6 1 1⁄4

MSE6100b 100f 1

All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits) MSF6 1 1⁄4

MSF650c 50f 1

All EG 1-pole MSKE1 — —

All EG 2-pole MSKE2 — —

All EG 3 or 4-pole MSKE4 — —

All JD, LD MSJ6

1

1⁄4

All LMD MSLMD 1 1⁄4

All MD, ND, MSMN 1 1⁄4

All PD, RD MSPR6 1 2

Mounting Screw Kit

MSE6

Mechanical Interlock

MI5444

Face Mounting Plates

For Use With Number Catalog Standard Wt Lb/

Breaker Frame(s) of Poles Number Package Std Pkg

1 CQDFMB1 1 1⁄4

CQD, CQD6 2 CQDFMB2n 1 1⁄4

3 CQDFMB3n 1 1⁄4

1 FMPG1 1 1⁄4

NGG, HGG, LGG 2 FMPG2 1 1⁄4

3 FMPG3 1 1⁄4

Back Mounting Plates

ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6 1 E2BMB 1 1⁄4

“MI” Mechanical Interlocks

For Use With Panelg Plug-in Standard Wt Lb

Breaker Type(s) Mounted Mounted Package Std Pkg

All EG (Sliding Bar) HSBE — 1 —

All QJ CSO — — 0 1

All FD MI5444 MI5444 1 —

All JD, LD MI5413 d — 1 1

All LMD MI5406dn — 1 1

All MD MI5404en — 1 3

All ND MI5404en — 1 3

All PD, RD MI5405es — — —

Complete with

two breakers

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection

17/110 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-88, 17/107

n

Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



For use on 3-pole ED frame only.

b

Meets the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1

for locking external operator disconnecting devices.

c

For 3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown,

and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4.

Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft

lengths.

d

For extended shaft support order catalog number

RHONSB2.

e

Consult Siemens Sales Office for NFPA-79 Compliance.

RHOH CRHOH

Rotary Door Mounted

Operating Handles

Standard

Depth

F6RH1

Variable Depth F6RHV9

D11CEU2

Rotary Handle RHOCQVD

Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handlese

Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X

For Use

With

Breaker

Frames

Complete Mechanism Handle Only

Breaker

Operator Shaft Only

Catalog Number

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Length

(inches)

Catalog

Number

Standard

Depth

Variable

Depth

EG RHVE64X RHVE124X — — — —

EDCRHOESD CRHOEVD

CRHOHc

RHOEBO 2 RHOSSD

FD CRHOFSD CRHOFVD RHOFBO 12 RHOSVD

JD, LD CRHOJSD CRHOJVD RHOJBO 16 RHOSXD

LMD CRHOLMSD CRHOLMVD RHOLMBO

MD, ND

PD, RD RHONSD RHONVD RHOHcRHONBOd

3 RHONSSDs

12 RHONSVD

24 RHONSXD

Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handlese

Types 1 & 12

For Use With

Breaker Frames

Standard Depth Variable Depth Handle and Shaft Breaker Operator

Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG — RHOCQVD RHOH62 CQDOP

ED D11CEU1 D11CEU2 — —

FD D11CFU1sD11CFU2 — —

JD, LD — D11CJU2 — —

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).

s

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft.

For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft.

Through Door Mounted Operating Handles

b

Types 1 & 12

For Use With

Breaker Frames

Standard Depth Variable Depth

Catalog Number Catalog Number

CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG FMHOS —

QJ OH9498nVH9499

EG (3 & 4-Pole only) RHFESD —

EG (red handle) RHFESDEM —

ED E2RH1 E2RHV9

FD F6RH1 F6RHV9

Door Latch Kits

Type

Catalog Number Catalog Number

Right Hand Left Hand

2 point latch DKR2 DKL2n

3 point latch DKR3 DKL3n

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection

17/111

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-89, 17/108

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



For 1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or

FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle.

b

48 inch cable is standard length for M through R frame

Max-Flex operators.

c

Meets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for

locking external operator disconnecting devices

d

Consult sales office for additional cable lengths for EG

Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only.

e 3-Pole ED only.

Fixed Depth Flange Mounting

Minimum Left Hand Mount Right Hand Mount

Enclosure NEMA

Frames Depth Type Catalog Number Catalog Number

ED

e

6.44 1, 3R, 12 FDFBELs FDFBERs

4, 4X FDFBEL4s FDFBER4s

FD 6.44 1, 3R, 12 FDFBFLs FDFBFRs

4, 4X FDFBFL4s FDFBFR4s

Cable

Handle

Breaker Operator

Max Flex

™

FDFBFR

Alternate Length Cable Only

ED FD JD/LD/LMD MD/ND/PD/RD

Inches Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number

048 FHOEC048 FHOFC048 FHOJC048 FHONC048

060 FHOEC060 FHOFC060 FHOJC060 FHONC060

072 FHOEC072 FHOFC072 FHOJC072 FHONC072

084 FHOEC084s FHOFC084s FHOJC084s FHONC084s

096 FHOEC096 FHOFC096 FHOJC096 FHONC096

120 FHOEC120s FHOFC120 FHOJC120s FHONC120s

144 FHOEC144s FHOFC144s FHOJC144s FHONC144s

Handle Auxiliary Switch

For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C).

For Use With Catalog Number

ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex HAS1

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are

preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the

letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).

Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are

preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the

letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).

Max-Flex™, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operatorsc

Frames

NEMA

Type

Complete Kit

Catalog

Number

Handle Only

Catalog

Number

Breaker Operator

Catalog Number

36" Cable

Catalog Number

NGG

1, 3 (R),

12 MFKG3R3 MFHM3R MFMG MFCF036

4 (x) MFKG4X3 MFHM4X

EG

1, 3 (R),

12 MFKE3d—— —

4 (x) MFKE4X3 —

ED

1, 3 (R),

12 FHOE036FHOH FHOEBOFHOEC036

4 (x) — FHOH4

FD

1, 3 (R),

12 FHOF036 FHOH FHOFBO FHOFC036

4 (x) — FHOH4

JD, LD,

SJD, SLD

1, 3 (R),

12 FHOJ036 FHOH FHOJBO FHOJC036

4 (x) — FHOH4

LMD

1, 3 (R),

12 FHOLM036 FHOH FHOLMBO FHOJC036

4 (x) — FHOH4

MD, ND,

PD, RD,

SMD, SND,

SPD

1, 3 (R),

12 FHON048 FHOHN

FHONBO FHONC048b

4 (x) — FHOHN4

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection

17/112 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-90, 17/109

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.

Front View

Bottom View

FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD

Frames

Telemand® Motor Operator

ED motor operator opens downward.

AC Hinged to Open Down

Breaker Frame Voltage Catalog Number

ED except CED 120 MOE6120

240 MOE6240 s

Dimensions

Frame A B C D E F

ED 7.04 4.31 — 4.31 13.84 8.84

FD 9.50 4.55 1.60 6.84 9.70 7.58

JD, LD, LMD 11.00 7.50 0.79 8.34 9.85 7.74

MD, ND, PD, RD 16.00 9.00 — 9.83 13.13 10.13

Operating Currents

On Off

Catalog In-Rush Running Time In-Rush Running Time Reset

Number (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps) (Amps) (msec) (Amps)

MOE6120 10.25 2.3 550 10 2.3 400 2.3

MOE6240 5.2 1.1 500 5 1 330 1.1

MOF6120/L 13.6 5.5 200 13.6 5.5 175 5.5

MOF6240/L 7.6 3.5 200 7.6 3.5 185 3.5

MOLMD6120/L 13.6 6 210 13.6 6 185 6

MOJ6120/L 13.6 6 210 13.6 6 185 6

MOJ6240/L 7.6 3.5 217 7.6 3.5 185 3.5

MOMN6120/L 30.2 13.2 240 30.2 13.2 210 13.2

MOMN6240/L 14.7 6 260 14.7 6 230 6

To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L).

List prices are the same.

s

Breaker DC Hinged to Open Right AC Hinged to Open Right

Frame Voltage Catalog Number Voltage Catalog Number

24 MOF6024DCs 120 MOF6120

FD 48 MOF6048DCs 240 MOF6240

125 MOF6125DCs

24 MOJ6024DCs 120 MOJ6120

JD, LD 48 MOJ6048DCs 240 MOJ6240

125 MOJ6125DCs

24 MOLMD6024DCs 120 MOLMD6120

LMD 48 MOLMD6048DCs 240 MOLMD6240

125 MOLMD6125DCs

MD, ND, — — 120 MOMN6120

PD, RD — — 240 MOMN6240

Telemand Motor Operator

For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection/Dimensions

17/113

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Product Category: MCCB

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-91, 17/110

s

Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.



Furnished at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in

mounting assembly.

b

Each piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting

block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for

2-pole, (3) for 3-pole

c

For vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute

PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666.

d

Price includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud

nuts and terminal shields, when required.

e

For proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate

between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker

poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS).

f

Plug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load

side in one assembly.

Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies

Line Side Load Side Steel Switchboard

For Use With Mounting Plate

Breaker Frames Poles Catalog Numberb Catalog Numberb Catalog Number

EG 3 PCBERC3f — —

4 PCBERC4f —

All ED 2 PC2637s PC2638s PL2616

except CED 3 PC2657 PC2658

CED 2 PC2637s PC2638s PL2617

3 PC2657 PC2658

All FD 2 PC4753s PC4753s PL4762

except CFD 3 PC4754 PC4754

CFD 2 PC4753s PC4753s PL4763

3 PC4754 PC4754

All JD 2 PC5777s PC5777s PL5796

except CJD 3 PC5778 PC5778

Kit CJD, SCJD 3 PCCJD PCCJD PL5797

All LD 2 PC5660s PC5660s PL5680

except CLD 3 PC5661 PC5661

Kit CLD, SCLD 3 PCCLD PCCLD PL5797

All MD 2 PC5662s PC5662s PL9698

3 PC5663 PC5663

All ND 2 PC5664c

s PC5664c

s PL9699

3 PC5666 c PC5666c

Tulip Assemblies Separately

For 2-Pole 3-Pole

Frame Catalog Number Catalog Number

ED TCE2s TCE3s

FD TCF2s TCF3s

JD TCJ2s TCJ3s

LD TCL2s TCL3s

MD TCM2s TCM3s

ND TCN2s TCN3s

Rear-Connecting Studs

For Use Extension

With Behind Line Side Load Side

Breaker Ampere Breaker

Frames Rating Description (inches) Catalog Numberd Catalog Numberd

100 Line Side (Short) 2.38 RS2643es —

All ED 100 Load Side (Short) 2.38 — RS2644es

100 Line Side (Long) 4.88 RS2641es —

100 Load Side (Long) 4.88 — RS2642es

All FD 250 Short 3.12 RS4756es RS4756es

250 Long 7.06 RS4755es RS4755es

All JD 400 Short 5.85 RS5774s RS5774s

400 Long 11.20 RS5773s RS5773s

All LD 600 Short 5.85 RS5784s RS5784s

600 Long 11.20 RS5783s RS5783s

CJD, SCJD Add required shield kit. CLRSJL3

CLD, SCLD

LM(X)D6, 800 Short 5.85 RS5788s RS5788s

HLM(X)D6 Long 11.20 RS5787s RS5787s

All MD, 1200 Short 5.50 RS5786s RS5786s

ND 1200 Long 8.00 RS5785s RS5785s

Base

Switchboard

Mounting

Plate

Tulip

Assemblies

Circuit Breaker

With Rear-Connecting Studs

RS4756

RS4755

Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers

External Accessories

Selection

17/114 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing,

than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment.

High Ambient Temperatures

Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers

are temperature sensitive and calibrated

for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F)

(average enclosure temperature), a

higher ambient will cause the breaker to

trip at lower current than its nameplate

rating, in other words, causing the

breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).

Similarly, the current carrying capacity

of a circuit conductor is based upon a

certain ambient temperature, a higher

ambient will reduce its current carrying

capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,

with a fluctuating temperature, a

thermal-magnetic breaker will derate

nearly parallel with its connected circuit

conductors and maintain close circuit

protection. If the application temperature

exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,

either a breaker specially calibrated for

the higher ambient or one oversized

according to Table 1 may be selected.

In a case such as this, the circuit

conductors should be oversized as well.

Siemens Sensitrip® III and Type SB

Encased Systems Breakers are

insensitive to temperature changes.

However, they do include circuitry to

protect the components from

abnormally high temperatures.

Moisture — Corrosion

For atmospheres having high moisture

content and / or where fungus growth is

prevalent, a special preventive treatment

may be required.

Where the air is heavily laden with

corrosive elements, breakers made

with special corrosion-resistant

finishes may be required.

Altitude

Reduced air density at altitudes greater

than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the

ability of a molded case circuit breaker

to transfer heat and interrupt faults.

Therefore, circuit breakers applied at

these altitudes should have interrupting,

insulation and continuous currents

derated as indicated in Figure 1.

Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers

Reference

Ampere Ampere Rating at:

Rating at 25° C 50° C 60° C

40° C (104° F) (77° F) (122° F) (140° F) Siemens Breaker Frames

0015 0017 0013 0011

0020 0022 0018 0016

0025 0028 0023 0021

0030 0033 0028 0026

0035 0039 0030 0025

0040 0044 0037 0034

0050 0055 0046 0042

0060 0066 0056 0052

0070 0077 0065 0060

0090 0099 0084 0078

0100 0110 0094 0087

0125 0137 0114 0100

0150 0165 0136 0120

0175 0192 0159 0140

0200 0220 0182 0160

0225 0247 0205 0180

0250 0275 0235 0220

0300 0330 0276 0252

0350 0385 0325 0301

0400 0440 0372 0340

0500 0550 0468 0435

0600 0660 0564 0525

0700 0770 0658 0613

0800 0880 0754 0704

0900 0990 0828 0749

1000 1100 0900 0825

1200 1320 1090 1000

1400 1540 1304 1148

1600 1760 1500 1320

1800 1980 1690 1485

2000 2200 1880 1650

BQ,

BL,

BQD,

CQD,

GG,

GB,

ED

QJ

FD

JD

LD

MD

ND

PD

RD

Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment

13,000 (4,000)

12,000 (3,675)

11,000 (3,350)

10,000 (3,000)

9,000 (2,750)

8,000 (2,400)

7,000 (2,100)

6,000 (1,800)

1.0 .95 .90 .85 .80 .75

Rating Correction Factor

Altitude in Feet (Meters)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions

Reference

17/115

Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-156, 17/114

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 75° C (167° F)

At 40°C (104°F)b Copper

Siemens 60HZ 400/415HZ Cable per Pole

Breaker Enclosed No of Wire

Type Open Air Open Airc After Derating Pieces Size

0250 0210 168 1 250 kcmil

0300 0240 192 1 350 kcmil

0350 0260 208 1 500 kcmil

0400 0300 240 2 #3/0

0450 0340 272 2 #4/0

0500 0375 300 2 250 kcmil

0600 0420 336 2 350 kcmil

0250 0210 210 1 250 kcmil

0300 0240 240 1 350 kcmil

0350 0260 260 1 500 kcmil

0400 0300 300 2 #3/0

0450 0340 340 2 #4/0

0500 0375 375 2 250 kcmil

0600 0420 420 2 350 kcmil

0500 0400 320 2 250 kcmil

0600 0430 360 2 350 kcmil

0700 0500 400 3 250 kcmil

0800 0560 448 3 300 kcmil

0500 0400 400 2 250 kcmil

0600 0430 430 2 350 kcmil

0700 0500 500 3 250 kcmil

0800 0560 560 3 300 kcmil

0800 0560 448 3 300 kcmil

0900 0600 480 3 350 kcmil

1000 0650 520 3 400 kcmil

1200 0780 624 4 350 kcmil

0900 0600 600 3 350 kcmil

1000 0650 650 3 400 kcmil

1200 0780 780 4 350 kcmil

1200 0780 624 4 400 kcmil

1400 0850 680 4 500 kcmil

1600 0960 768 5 500 kcmil

1200 0780 780 4 400 kcmil

1400 0850 850 4 500 kcmil

1600 0960 960 5 500 kcmil

1600 0960 768 5 500 kcmil

1800 1080 864 5 500 kcmil

2000 1200 960 6 500 kcmil

400 Hz Systems

Siemens molded case circuit breakers

can be applied for overcurrent protection

on 400Hz systems, commonly used to

power computer installations, aircraft,

military and other specialty equipment.

Below are basic guidelines.

Circuit Breaker Derating Required

This table lists the maximum continuous

current carrying capacity for Siemens

breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased

resistance of the copper sections

resulting from the skin effect produced

by eddy currents at these frequencies,

circuit breakers in many cases require

derating. The thermal derating on these

devices is based upon 100%,

three phase application in open air in a

maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in.

(1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus

at the line and load side. Additional

derating of not less than 20% will be

required if the circuit breaker is to be

utilized in an enclosure. Further derating

may be required if the enclosure

ambient temperature exceeds 40° C

(104° F).

Cable and Bus Sizing

The cable and bus sizes to be utilized

at 400Hz are not based on standard

National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz

application. Larger cross sections are

necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars

specified are based upon mounting

the bars in the vertical plane to allow

maximum air flow. All bus bars are

spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm)

apart. Mounting of bus bars in the

horizontal plane will necessitate

additional drafting. Edgewise orientation

of the bus may change the maximum

ratings indicated. If additional information

is required for other connections of cable

or bus, contact Siemens for information.

Application Recommendations

It is recommended that temperatures be

measured on the line and load terminals

or T-connectors of the center pole. These

are usually the hottest terminals with a

balanced load. A maximum temperature

of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient

of 40° C) would verify the particular

application. Temperature profiles taken

on these breakers can be correlated to

ensure that the hottest points within

the breaker are within the required

temperature limits.

Factory Configuration

When required, molded case circuit

breakers may be factory calibrated for

400Hz application. These breakers are

specially labeled for 400Hz usage and

their nameplate current rating will

include the necessary derating factory.

The highest “Maximum Continuous

Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the

table below approximates the highest

specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate

ampere rating available for a given

frame size. Contact Siemens for

ordering information on other

breakers applied in 400Hz systems.

400Hz Breakers

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating 75° C (167° F)

At 40°C (104°F)b Copper

Siemens 60HZ 400HZ Cable per Pole

Breaker Enclosed No of Wire

Type Open Air Open Airc After Derating Pieces Size

015 015 012 1 #14

020 020 016 1 #12

025 025 020 1 #10

030 030 024 1 #10

035 035 028 1 #10

040 040 032 1 #8

ED2, ED4, ED6, 045 043 034 1 #8

BQD, HED4, 050 048 038 1 #8

HED6, CED6 060 057 046 1 #6

070 067 054 1 #4

080 076 061 1 #4

090 086 069 1 #3

100 095 076 1 #3

110 105 084 1 #2

125 119 095 1 #1

070 063 050 1 #4

080 072 058 1 #4

QJ2, QJH2, 090 080 064 1 #3

QJ2H, HQJ2, 100 090 072 1 #3

HQJ2H, FD6, 110 095 075 1 #2

FXF6, HFD6, 125 105 084 1 #1

HFXD6, CFD6 150 125 100 1 #1/0

175 140 112 1 #2/0

200 160 128 1 #3/0

225 180 144 1 #4/0

250 200 160 1 250 kcmil

200 170 136 1 #3/0

JXD2, JD6, 225 190 152 1 #4/0

JXD6, HJD6, 250 210 168 1 250 kcmil

HJXD6, HHJD6, 300 240 192 1 350 kcmil

HHJXD6, CJD6 350 260 208 1 500 kcmil

400 300 240 2 #3/0

200 170 170 2 #3/0

JD6, JXD6, 225 190 190 2 #4/0

HJD6, HJXD6 250 210 210 1 250 kcmil

100% Rated 300 240 240 1 350 kcmil

350 260 260 1 500 kcmil

400 300 300 2 #3/0



The information provided on this page is intended for

reference and recommendation only. Because several

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at

the same time, the data above is based less on

controlled testing, than on experience and engineering

judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on

special conditions and treatment.

b

Additional derating may be required if the ambient

temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).

c

Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating

of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect

generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.

LD6, LXD6,

HLD6, HLXD6,

HHLD6,

HHLXD6,

CLD6

LD6, LXD6,

HLD6, HLXD6,

100% Rated

MD6, MXD6,

HMD6,

HMXD6, CMD6

MD6, MXD6,

HMD6,

HMXD6, CMD6

100% Rated

ND6, NXD6

HND6, HNXD6,

CND6

ND6, NXD6

HND6, HNXD6,

CND6

100% Rated

PD6, PXD6,

HPD6, HPXD6,

CPD6,

PD6, PXD6,

HPD6, HPXD6,

CPD6

100% Rated

RD6, RXD6,

HRD6, HRXD6

80% Rated

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions

Reference

17/116 Siemens Industry, Inc.

Industrial Controls Catalog

Siemens / Industrial Controls Previous folio: SF 6-145, 17/113

Breaker

type

Maximum continuous ampere rating

at 40°C (104°F)b75°C (167F)

Copper

cable per pole60HZ 400HZ

Open air Open airc

Enclosed after

derating

No of

pieces Wire size

DG

50 48 38 1 #8

60 57 46 1 #6

70 63 50 1 #4

80 72 58 1 #4

90 80 64 1 #3

100 90 72 1 #3

110 95 75 1 #2

125 105 84 1 #1

150 125 100 1 #1/0

FG

100 90 72 1 #3

110 95 75 1 #2

125 105 84 1 #1

150 125 100 1 #1/0

175 140 112 1 #2/0

200 160 128 1 #3/0

225 180 144 1 #4/0

250 200 160 1 250 kcmil

JG

250 210 168 1 250 kcmil

300 240 192 1 350 kcmil

350 260 208 1 500 kcmil

400 300 240 2 #2/0

JG

100%

Rated

250 210 210 1 250 kcmil

300 240 240 1 350 kcmil

350 260 260 1 500 kcmil

400 300 300 2 #3/0

LG

400 300 240 2 #3/0

500 375 300 2 250 kcmil

600 420 336 2 350 kcmil

Breaker

type

Maximum continuous ampere rating

at 40°C (104°F)b75°C (167F)

Copper

cable per pole60HZ 400HZ

Open air Open airc

Enclosed after

derating

No of

pieces Wire size

LG

400 300 240 2 #3/0

500 375 300 2 250 kcmil

600 420 336 2 350 kcmil

MG

600 430 360 2 350 kcmil

700 500 400 3 250 kcmil

800 560 448 3 300 kcmil

MG

100%

Rated

600 430 430 2 350 kcmil

700 500 500 3 250 kcmil

800 560 560 3 300 kcmil

NG

800 560 448 3 300 kcmil

900 600 480 3 350 kcmil

1000 650 520 3 400 kcmil

1200 780 624 4 350 kcmil

NG

100%

Rated

900 600 600 3 350 kcmil

1000 650 650 3 400 kcmil

1200 780 780 4 350 kcmil

1200 780 624 4 400 kcmil

PG

1400 850 680 4 500 kcmil

1600 960 768 5 500 kcmil

1200 780 780 4 400 kcmil

PG 100%

Rated

1400 850 850 4 500 kcmil

1600 960 960 5 500 kcmil

Circuit Breaker Derating Required

This table lists the maximum con-

tinuous current carrying capacity for

Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to

the increased resistance of the copper

sections resulting from the skin effect

produced by eddy currents at these

frequencies, circuit breakers in many

cases require derating. The thermal

derating on these devices is based

upon 100%, three phase application in

open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F)

with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the speci-

fied cable or bus at the line and load

side. Additional derating of not less

than 20% will be required if the circuit

breaker is to be utilized in an enclo-

sure. Further derating may be required

if the enclosure ambient temperature

exceeds 40°C(104° F).

Cable and Bus Sizing

The cable and bus sizes to be utilized

at 400Hz are not based on standard

National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz

application. Larger cross sections are

necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars

specified are based upon mounting the

bars in the vertical plane to allow maxi-

mum air flow. All bus bars are spaced

at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart.

Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal

plane will necessitate additional drafting.

Edgewise orientation of the bus may

change the maximum ratings indicated.

If additional information is required for

other connections of cable or bus, con-

tact Siemens for information.

Application Recommendations

It is recommended that temperatures

be measured on the line and load termi-

nals or T-connectors of the center pole.

These are usually the hottest terminals

with a balanced load. A maximum

temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maxi-

mum ambient of 40°C) would verify

the particular application. Temperature

profiles taken on these breakers can

be correlated to ensure that the hottest

points within the breaker are within the

required temperature limits.

Interrupting Rating

Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz sys-

tems are limited to a 5000 A interrupt-

ing rating. If higher ratings are required,

consult Siemens.

Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems

 The information provided on this page is intended for

reference and recommendation only. Because several

variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at

the same time, the data above is based less on con-

trolled testing, than on experience and engineering

judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on

special conditions and treatment.

b Additional derating may be required if the ambient

temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).

c Calculated after derating to compensate for the heating

of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect

generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Unusual Operating Conditions

Reference

Product Detail Manual

122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 122052-Catalog 783643 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation